EP4090261A1 - Methods and devices for in situ formed nerve cap with rapid release - Google Patents
Methods and devices for in situ formed nerve cap with rapid releaseInfo
- Publication number
- EP4090261A1 EP4090261A1 EP21741461.4A EP21741461A EP4090261A1 EP 4090261 A1 EP4090261 A1 EP 4090261A1 EP 21741461 A EP21741461 A EP 21741461A EP 4090261 A1 EP4090261 A1 EP 4090261A1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- nerve
- hydrogel
- growth
- peg
- cavity
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 title claims abstract description 1176
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 title claims description 204
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title abstract description 95
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 395
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 162
- 208000005890 Neuroma Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 106
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 89
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 230000009969 flowable effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 51
- 238000010952 in-situ formation Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 claims description 833
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 196
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 claims description 117
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 claims description 98
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 claims description 94
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 claims description 83
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 75
- -1 poly(ethylene glycol) Polymers 0.000 claims description 72
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 claims description 62
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 61
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 claims description 50
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 claims description 45
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 45
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 claims description 34
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 claims description 32
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 claims description 23
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 claims description 17
- RWVGQQGBQSJDQV-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;3-[[4-[(e)-[4-(4-ethoxyanilino)phenyl]-[4-[ethyl-[(3-sulfonatophenyl)methyl]azaniumylidene]-2-methylcyclohexa-2,5-dien-1-ylidene]methyl]-n-ethyl-3-methylanilino]methyl]benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(OCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(C(=C2C(=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C)C=2C(=CC(=CC=2)N(CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C)C=C1 RWVGQQGBQSJDQV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 17
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 claims description 16
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 102100037602 P2X purinoceptor 7 Human genes 0.000 claims description 12
- 101710189965 P2X purinoceptor 7 Proteins 0.000 claims description 12
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 claims description 12
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010029174 Nerve compression Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000036573 scar formation Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- ZJIFDEVVTPEXDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) hydrogen carbonate Chemical compound OC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O ZJIFDEVVTPEXDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- JWUFSYXQWPXFIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy-6-oxohexanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O JWUFSYXQWPXFIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940071643 prefilled syringe Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960005475 antiinfective agent Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 abstract description 83
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 abstract description 53
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 abstract description 32
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 abstract description 29
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 28
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 abstract description 16
- 208000028389 Nerve injury Diseases 0.000 abstract description 14
- 230000008764 nerve damage Effects 0.000 abstract description 13
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 230000000472 traumatic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 230000005661 hydrophobic surface Effects 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 154
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 135
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 106
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 63
- PVVTWNMXEHROIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-hydroxypropyl)-1h-quinazolin-4-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(CCCO)=NC(=O)C2=C1 PVVTWNMXEHROIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 58
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 49
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 42
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 34
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 34
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 33
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 31
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 29
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 29
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 28
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 28
- 230000003872 anastomosis Effects 0.000 description 25
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 25
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 25
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 21
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 21
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 20
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 20
- 210000000578 peripheral nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 19
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 19
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 19
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 210000003050 axon Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 18
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 18
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000001172 regenerating effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 16
- 210000003497 sciatic nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 15
- 210000002435 tendon Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 210000000944 nerve tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 108010085895 Laminin Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 102000007547 Laminin Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000000593 degrading effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 108010073385 Fibrin Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 102000009123 Fibrin Human genes 0.000 description 11
- BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fibrin monomer Chemical compound CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CN BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229950003499 fibrin Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229920001610 polycaprolactone Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 230000001012 protector Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 10
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 10
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 10
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 9
- YKPUWZUDDOIDPM-SOFGYWHQSA-N capsaicin Chemical compound COC1=CC(CNC(=O)CCCC\C=C\C(C)C)=CC=C1O YKPUWZUDDOIDPM-SOFGYWHQSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 9
- 210000004126 nerve fiber Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 208000004296 neuralgia Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 9
- 210000004116 schwann cell Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 8
- WBSCNDJQPKSPII-KKUMJFAQSA-N Lys-Lys-Lys Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O WBSCNDJQPKSPII-KKUMJFAQSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108010067787 Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000016611 Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000002121 nanofiber Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000565 sealant Substances 0.000 description 8
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000016359 Fibronectins Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000002241 neurite Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 229920002379 silicone rubber Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 7
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000004970 Chain extender Substances 0.000 description 6
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N Mytomycin Chemical compound C1N2C(C(C(C)=C(N)C3=O)=O)=C3[C@@H](COC(N)=O)[C@@]2(OC)[C@@H]2[C@H]1N2 NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 6
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000416 hydrocolloid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000014511 neuron projection development Effects 0.000 description 6
- 208000021722 neuropathic pain Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 230000002853 ongoing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 6
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- ITPDYQOUSLNIHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Amiodarone hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC(I)=C(OCC[NH+](CC)CC)C(I)=C1 ITPDYQOUSLNIHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium cation Chemical compound [Ca+2] BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 108010059480 Chondroitin Sulfate Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000005598 Chondroitin Sulfate Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010080379 Fibrin Tissue Adhesive Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 206010019909 Hernia Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229920002562 Polyethylene Glycol 3350 Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229960005260 amiodarone Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000002266 amputation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910001424 calcium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920005615 natural polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ε-Caprolactone Chemical group O=C1CCCCCO1 PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000000094 Chronic Pain Diseases 0.000 description 4
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010022355 Fibroins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001609 Poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- AOBORMOPSGHCAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tocophersolan Chemical compound OCCOC(=O)CCC(=O)OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C AOBORMOPSGHCAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000009618 Transforming Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010009583 Transforming Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000002679 ablation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229960002504 capsaicin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000017663 capsaicin Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920003213 poly(N-isopropyl acrylamide) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001606 poly(lactic acid-co-glycolic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004632 polycaprolactone Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003361 porogen Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000010409 propane-1,2-diol alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000002633 protecting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 description 4
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000009772 tissue formation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 4
- HLWURFKMDLAKOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(2,4-diaminopyrimidin-5-yl)oxy-2-methoxy-4-propan-2-ylbenzenesulfonamide Chemical compound C1=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C(OC)=CC(C(C)C)=C1OC1=CN=C(N)N=C1N HLWURFKMDLAKOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000012422 Collagen Type I Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010022452 Collagen Type I Proteins 0.000 description 3
- IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-KQYNXXCUSA-N Cyclic adenosine monophosphate Chemical compound C([C@H]1O2)OP(O)(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2N1C(N=CN=C2N)=C2N=C1 IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 3
- QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-LFZNUXCKSA-N Tacrolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1\C=C(/C)[C@@H]1[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)[C@H](CC=C)/C=C(C)/C[C@H](C)C[C@H](OC)[C@H]([C@H](C[C@H]2C)OC)O[C@@]2(O)C(=O)C(=O)N2CCCC[C@H]2C(=O)O1 QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-LFZNUXCKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003376 axonal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013043 chemical agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010382 chemical cross-linking Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006196 deacetylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003381 deacetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000003195 fascia Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 210000000020 growth cone Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000815 hypotonic solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000001503 joint Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920002529 medical grade silicone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M methylene blue Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229960000907 methylthioninium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960004857 mitomycin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229920000767 polyaniline Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001299 polypropylene fumarate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000000273 spinal nerve root Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000000658 ulnar nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N (S)-colchicine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](NC(C)=O)CC2)=CC(=O)C(OC)=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(OC)C(OC)=C1OC IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZEUITGRIYCTCEM-KRWDZBQOSA-N (S)-duloxetine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](OC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC=2)CCNC)=CC=CS1 ZEUITGRIYCTCEM-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QXZGLTYKKZKGLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O QXZGLTYKKZKGLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1 PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- SGHZXLIDFTYFHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Brilliant Blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C=1C=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC=1N(CC)CC1=CC=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 SGHZXLIDFTYFHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100028757 Chondroitin sulfate proteoglycan 4 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000034656 Contusions Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930105110 Cyclosporin A Natural products 0.000 description 2
- PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N Cyclosporin A Chemical compound CC[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](C)C\C=C\C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C1=O PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010036949 Cyclosporine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920000045 Dermatan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108010014258 Elastin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100033167 Elastin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- IKYCZSUNGFRBJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Euphorbia factor RL9 = U(1) = Resiniferatoxin Natural products COC1=CC(O)=CC(CC(=O)OCC=2CC3(O)C(=O)C(C)=CC3C34C(C)CC5(OC(O4)(CC=4C=CC=CC=4)OC5C3C=2)C(C)=C)=C1 IKYCZSUNGFRBJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000003974 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000379 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UGJMXCAKCUNAIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gabapentin Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1(CN)CCCCC1 UGJMXCAKCUNAIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010061431 Glial scar Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010018341 Gliosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 101000916489 Homo sapiens Chondroitin sulfate proteoglycan 4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000004454 Hyperalgesia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000029836 Inguinal Hernia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUMBMVFBXHLACL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Melanin Chemical compound O=C1C(=O)C(C2=CNC3=C(C(C(=O)C4=C32)=O)C)=C2C4=CNC2=C1C XUMBMVFBXHLACL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010013731 Myelin-Associated Glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000017099 Myelin-Associated Glycoprotein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010025020 Nerve Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000015336 Nerve Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100030466 Neurocan core protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010077641 Nogo Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920001244 Poly(D,L-lactide) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000562 Poly(ethylene adipate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000463 Poly(ethylene glycol)-block-poly(propylene glycol)-block-poly(ethylene glycol) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100029831 Reticulon-4 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100027974 Semaphorin-3A Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010090319 Semaphorin-3A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 102000013275 Somatomedins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000007000 Tenascin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010008125 Tenascin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 2
- IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N UNPD107823 Natural products O1C2COP(O)(=O)OC2C(O)C1N1C(N=CN=C2N)=C2N=C1 IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003926 acrylamides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N adrenaline Chemical compound CNCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N alpha-L-IdopA-(1->3)-beta-D-GalpNAc4S Chemical group CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C(O)=O)O1 AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001691 amnion Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 108010045569 atelocollagen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000004009 axon guidance Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-alanine Chemical compound NCCC(O)=O UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004161 brilliant blue FCF Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012745 brilliant blue FCF Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000005056 cell body Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1 MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001265 ciclosporin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960005188 collagen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940096422 collagen type i Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000009519 contusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940095074 cyclic amp Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940051593 dermatan sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005442 diisocyanate group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960002866 duloxetine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001523 electrospinning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002674 endoscopic surgery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007515 enzymatic degradation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005187 foaming Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002240 furans Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003292 glue Substances 0.000 description 2
- JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC(O)=O JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003966 growth inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036571 hydration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006703 hydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009830 intercalation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002687 intercalation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 2
- JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactide Chemical compound CC1OC(=O)C(C)OC1=O JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001617 median nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000005499 meniscus Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002073 nanorod Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001640 nerve ending Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000007383 nerve stimulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004498 neuroglial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000324 neuroprotective effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003018 neuroregenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006501 nitrophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000004248 oligodendroglia Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000399 orthopedic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008058 pain sensation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000035824 paresthesia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000033808 peripheral neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035479 physiological effects, processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000729 poly(L-lysine) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005014 poly(hydroxyalkanoate) Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000553 poly(phenylenevinylene) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000223 polyglycerol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000903 polyhydroxyalkanoate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000128 polypyrrole Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011253 protective coating Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920013730 reactive polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DSDNAKHZNJAGHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N resinferatoxin Natural products C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(CC(=O)OCC=2CC3(O)C(=O)C(C)=CC3C34C(C)CC5(OC(O4)(CC=4C=CC=CC=4)OC5C3C=2)C(C)=C)=C1 DSDNAKHZNJAGHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DSDNAKHZNJAGHN-MXTYGGKSSA-N resiniferatoxin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(CC(=O)OCC=2C[C@]3(O)C(=O)C(C)=C[C@H]3[C@@]34[C@H](C)C[C@@]5(O[C@@](O4)(CC=4C=CC=CC=4)O[C@@H]5[C@@H]3C=2)C(C)=C)=C1 DSDNAKHZNJAGHN-MXTYGGKSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940073454 resiniferatoxin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 2
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sebacic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000260 silastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000000807 solvent casting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003075 superhydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003319 supportive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-SHYZHZOCSA-N tacrolimus Natural products CO[C@H]1C[C@H](CC[C@@H]1O)C=C(C)[C@H]2OC(=O)[C@H]3CCCCN3C(=O)C(=O)[C@@]4(O)O[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@H]4C)OC)[C@@H](C[C@H](C)CC(=C[C@@H](CC=C)C(=O)C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C)C)OC QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-SHYZHZOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004876 tela submucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KEQHJBNSCLWCAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymoquinone Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC(=O)C(C)=CC1=O KEQHJBNSCLWCAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002407 tissue scaffold Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010981 turquoise Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003673 urethanes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000009278 visceral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 2
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N (-)-Nicotine Chemical compound CN1CCC[C@H]1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKDVKSZUMVYZHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxane-2,5-dione Chemical group O=C1COC(=O)CO1 RKDVKSZUMVYZHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,5-tetrahydroxypentanal Chemical compound OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003923 2,5-pyrrolediones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MZNDNBFMSVMUCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(5-isoquinolinylsulfonylamino)ethyl]guanidine Chemical compound N1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)NCCN=C(N)N)=CC=CC2=C1 MZNDNBFMSVMUCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFWRDBDJAOHXSH-SECBINFHSA-N 2-azaniumylethyl [(2r)-2,3-diacetyloxypropyl] phosphate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(C)=O)COP(O)(=O)OCCN CFWRDBDJAOHXSH-SECBINFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZZUZYEMRHCMVTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethynesulfonamide Chemical compound NS(=O)(=O)C#CC1=CC=CC=C1 ZZUZYEMRHCMVTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KUDUQBURMYMBIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-prop-2-enoyloxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCOC(=O)C=C KUDUQBURMYMBIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNOOCRQGKGWSJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dihydro-2h-thieno[3,4-b][1,4]dioxepine Chemical compound O1CCCOC2=CSC=C21 WNOOCRQGKGWSJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NDMPLJNOPCLANR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dihydroxy-15-(4-hydroxy-18-methoxycarbonyl-5,18-seco-ibogamin-18-yl)-16-methoxy-1-methyl-6,7-didehydro-aspidospermidine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 NDMPLJNOPCLANR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIAGMCDKSXEBJQ-IBGZPJMESA-N 3-o-(2-methoxyethyl) 5-o-propan-2-yl (4s)-2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-nitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine-3,5-dicarboxylate Chemical compound COCCOC(=O)C1=C(C)NC(C)=C(C(=O)OC(C)C)[C@H]1C1=CC=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C1 UIAGMCDKSXEBJQ-IBGZPJMESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010146 3D printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- CSAVDNHVPJNKTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-2-propan-2-ylcyclohexan-1-ol;5-methyl-2-propan-2-ylphenol;2,2,4-trimethyl-3-oxabicyclo[2.2.2]octane Chemical compound CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1O.CC(C)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1O.C1CC2CCC1(C)OC2(C)C CSAVDNHVPJNKTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHRSUDSXCMQTMA-PJHHCJLFSA-N 6alpha-methylprednisolone Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)=CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(=O)CO)CC[C@H]21 VHRSUDSXCMQTMA-PJHHCJLFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004379 Adrenomedullin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800004616 Adrenomedullin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100036601 Aggrecan core protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067219 Aggrecans Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010001497 Agitation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010027529 Bio-glue Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010005908 Body temperature conditions Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010006074 Brachial plexus injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010085074 Brevican Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100032312 Brevican core protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100032912 CD44 antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000055006 Calcitonin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060001064 Calcitonin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940127291 Calcium channel antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010058019 Cancer Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282461 Canis lupus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010023736 Chondroitinases and Chondroitin Lyases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010005939 Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100031614 Ciliary neurotrophic factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000006442 Class 2 Receptor-Like Protein Tyrosine Phosphatases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010044260 Class 2 Receptor-Like Protein Tyrosine Phosphatases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010044213 Class 5 Receptor-Like Protein Tyrosine Phosphatases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 1
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001651 Cyanoacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940123780 DNA topoisomerase I inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002871 Dammar gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004860 Dammar gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000016192 Demyelinating disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012305 Demyelination Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036829 Device dislocation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032131 Diabetic Neuropathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- RZSYLLSAWYUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Fast green FCF Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C=1C=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C(=CC(O)=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC=1N(CC)CC1=CC=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 RZSYLLSAWYUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 102100040683 Fermitin family homolog 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710108802 Fermitin family homolog 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100040684 Fermitin family homolog 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710108801 Fermitin family homolog 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920000926 Galactomannan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002148 Gellan gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylethanolamin Natural products NCCOP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002683 Glycosaminoglycan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002907 Guar gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100029100 Hematopoietic prostaglandin D synthase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920002971 Heparan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000043261 Hevea brasiliensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000868273 Homo sapiens CD44 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001107084 Homo sapiens E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase RNF5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000988802 Homo sapiens Hematopoietic prostaglandin D synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000581986 Homo sapiens Neurocan core protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000932178 Homo sapiens Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000878253 Homo sapiens Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000727472 Homo sapiens Reticulon-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000708766 Homo sapiens Structural maintenance of chromosomes protein 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001050288 Homo sapiens Transcription factor Jun Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000035154 Hyperesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010062016 Immunosuppression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150110311 Kcna2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-lactic acid Chemical compound C[C@H](O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000212104 Lachesana tarabaevi Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000161 Locust bean gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- YJPIGAIKUZMOQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Melatonin Natural products COC1=CC=C2N(C(C)=O)C=C(CCN)C2=C1 YJPIGAIKUZMOQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000019695 Migraine disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010083674 Myelin Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006386 Myelin Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KSQCNBKUWZNXBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N'-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)pentanediamide Chemical compound NC(=O)CCCC(=O)NN1C(=O)CCC1=O KSQCNBKUWZNXBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100031688 N-acetylgalactosamine-6-sulfatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N N-debenzoyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-10-deacetyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=4C=CC=CC=4)C[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTRQFOJLBFYLRS-KLXURFKVSA-N N=C=O.N=C=O.CCOC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN Chemical compound N=C=O.N=C=O.CCOC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN HTRQFOJLBFYLRS-KLXURFKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010043296 Neurocan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KYRVNWMVYQXFEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nocodazole Chemical compound C1=C2NC(NC(=O)OC)=NC2=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CS1 KYRVNWMVYQXFEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000010410 Nogo Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010005298 Oligodendrocyte-Myelin Glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100026746 Oligodendrocyte-myelin glycoprotein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100040460 P2X purinoceptor 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710189970 P2X purinoceptor 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037601 P2X purinoceptor 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710189967 P2X purinoceptor 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940126202 P2X3 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000144 PEDOT:PSS Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010033425 Pain in extremity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033799 Paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100027913 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP1A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100020739 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000006735 Periostitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010886 Peripheral nerve injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004983 Phantom Limb Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NIOHELZQFBGCEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenylamil Chemical compound N=1C(Cl)=C(N)N=C(N)C=1C(=O)N=C(N)NC1=CC=CC=C1 NIOHELZQFBGCEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000047875 Pica hudsonia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000436 Poly(lactide-co-glycolide)-block-poly(ethylene glycol)-block-poly(lactide-co-glycolide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000004550 Postoperative Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HDSBZMRLPLPFLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol alginate Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(C(O)=O)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(C)C(C(=O)OCC(C)O)O1 HDSBZMRLPLPFLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004373 Pullulan Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001218 Pullulan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000002294 Purinergic P2X Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010000836 Purinergic P2X Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100028508 Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase zeta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710122685 Reticulon-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101700004678 SLIT3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010039580 Scar Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940124639 Selective inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical group [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100027339 Slit homolog 3 protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920002385 Sodium hyaluronate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000015125 Sterculia urens Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000001058 Sterculia urens Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100032723 Structural maintenance of chromosomes protein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004830 Super Glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010042618 Surgical procedure repeated Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003566 TRPV1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010006877 Tacrolimus Binding Protein 1A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010027179 Tacrolimus Binding Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018679 Tacrolimus Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091046869 Telomeric non-coding RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000365 Topoisomerase I Inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100023132 Transcription factor Jun Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940123445 Tricyclic antidepressant Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DFBIRQPKNDILPW-CIVMWXNOSA-N Triptolide Chemical compound O=C1OCC([C@@H]2C3)=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@]12O[C@H]1[C@@H]1O[C@]1(C(C)C)[C@@H](O)[C@]21[C@H]3O1 DFBIRQPKNDILPW-CIVMWXNOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150016206 Trpv1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010057266 Type A Botulinum Toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010053648 Vascular occlusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940122803 Vinca alkaloid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002000 Xyloglucan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ATBOMIWRCZXYSZ-XZBBILGWSA-N [1-[2,3-dihydroxypropoxy(hydroxy)phosphoryl]oxy-3-hexadecanoyloxypropan-2-yl] (9e,12e)-octadeca-9,12-dienoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C\C\C=C\CCCCC ATBOMIWRCZXYSZ-XZBBILGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M acrylate group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)[O-] NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002730 additional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000577 adipose tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ULCUCJFASIJEOE-NPECTJMMSA-N adrenomedullin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H]1C(N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(N)=O)[C@@H](C)O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 ULCUCJFASIJEOE-NPECTJMMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012382 advanced drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003766 afferent neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004946 alkenylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 206010053552 allodynia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000735 allogeneic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- SNAAJJQQZSMGQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum magnesium Chemical compound [Mg].[Al] SNAAJJQQZSMGQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000202 analgesic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LGEQQWMQCRIYKG-DOFZRALJSA-N anandamide Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCC(=O)NCCO LGEQQWMQCRIYKG-DOFZRALJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003931 anilides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003556 anti-epileptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940044684 anti-microtubule agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003502 anti-nociceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001961 anticonvulsive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003965 antiepileptics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- LGEQQWMQCRIYKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N arachidonic acid ethanolamide Natural products CCCCCC=CCC=CCC=CCC=CCCCC(=O)NCCO LGEQQWMQCRIYKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001130 astrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000892 attapulgite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004323 axial length Effects 0.000 description 1
- KLNFSAOEKUDMFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide;2-hydroxyacetic acid;platinum(2+) Chemical compound [NH2-].[NH2-].[Pt+2].OCC(O)=O KLNFSAOEKUDMFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide;cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid;platinum(2+) Chemical compound [NH2-].[NH2-].[Pt+2].OC(=O)C1(C(O)=O)CCC1 VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940067597 azelate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940000635 beta-alanine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000560 biocompatible material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940089093 botox Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003461 brachial plexus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- CJGYSWNGNKCJSB-YVLZZHOMSA-N bucladesine Chemical compound C([C@H]1O2)OP(O)(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H](OC(=O)CCC)[C@@H]2N1C(N=CN=C2NC(=O)CCC)=C2N=C1 CJGYSWNGNKCJSB-YVLZZHOMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005263 bucladesine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- BBBFJLBPOGFECG-VJVYQDLKSA-N calcitonin Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(N)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)[C@@H]1CSSC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1 BBBFJLBPOGFECG-VJVYQDLKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004015 calcitonin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000480 calcium channel blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009460 calcium influx Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003575 carbonaceous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004562 carboplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010418 carrageenan Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001525 carrageenan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000679 carrageenan Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940113118 carrageenan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003164 cauda equina Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005395 cetuximab Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002801 charged material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940099898 chlorophyllin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019805 chlorophyllin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002192 cholecystectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001136 chorion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001338 colchicine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004595 color masterbatch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001940 conductive polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000315 cryotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VFLDPWHFBUODDF-FCXRPNKRSA-N curcumin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(\C=C\C(=O)CC(=O)\C=C\C=2C=C(OC)C(O)=CC=2)=C1 VFLDPWHFBUODDF-FCXRPNKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031513 cyst Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001461 cytolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N d-alpha-tocopherol Natural products OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920006237 degradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007857 degradation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002074 deregulated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002086 dextran Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N diclofenac Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1NC1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1Cl DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001259 diclofenac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001993 dienes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002224 dissection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003668 docetaxel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004070 electrodeposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003628 erosive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000318 excitotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003492 excitotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003414 extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019240 fast green FCF Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003099 femoral nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108060002894 fibrillar collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013373 fibrillar collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DBEPLOCGEIEOCV-WSBQPABSSA-N finasteride Chemical compound N([C@@H]1CC2)C(=O)C=C[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H](C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)[C@@]2(C)CC1 DBEPLOCGEIEOCV-WSBQPABSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010304 firing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004088 foaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000989 food dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001002 functional polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960002870 gabapentin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000609 ganglia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940121285 gefapixant Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007863 gel particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940014259 gelatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108700004892 gelatin methacryloyl Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000010492 gellan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000216 gellan gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003193 general anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002682 general surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002518 glial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VOZRXNHHFUQHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycidyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC1CO1 VOZRXNHHFUQHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009036 growth inhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010417 guar gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000665 guar gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002154 guar gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002683 hand surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003118 histopathologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-MNSSHETKSA-N hyaluronan Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H](C(O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-MNSSHETKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940099552 hyaluronan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001600 hydrophobic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940071826 hydroxyethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003063 hydroxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940031574 hydroxymethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009802 hysterectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000642 iatrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003444 immunosuppressant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001861 immunosuppressant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004941 influx Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940047122 interleukins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophorone diisocyanate Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(N=C=O)CC(C)(CN=C=O)C1 NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NIDVDYQCGWISJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kmup-1 Chemical compound C1=2C(=O)N(C)C(=O)N(C)C=2N=CN1CCN(CC1)CCN1C1=CC=CC=C1Cl NIDVDYQCGWISJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013150 knee replacement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940025902 konjac mannan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002045 lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002386 leaching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003041 ligament Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940076522 listerine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010420 locust bean gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000711 locust bean gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003712 lysosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001868 lysosomic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001427 mPEG Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010082117 matrigel Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003987 melatonin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DRLFMBDRBRZALE-UHFFFAOYSA-N melatonin Chemical compound COC1=CC=C2NC=C(CCNC(C)=O)C2=C1 DRLFMBDRBRZALE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002082 metal nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methacrylamide Chemical compound CC(=C)C(N)=O FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004584 methylprednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002406 microsurgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008880 microtubule cytoskeleton organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010027599 migraine Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006676 mitochondrial damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011259 mixed solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019426 modified starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005232 molecular self-assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004118 muscle contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000000585 muscular atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000005012 myelin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003249 myenteric plexus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002114 nanocomposite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003052 natural elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005445 natural material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001194 natural rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229950007221 nedaplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000019382 nerve compression syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940053128 nerve growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008760 nerve sprouting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005155 neural progenitor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000782 neuritotrophic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000626 neurodegenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000765 neuroimmunophilin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000926 neurological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007514 neuronal growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009689 neuronal regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006576 neuronal survival Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002981 neuropathic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000001119 neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007823 neuropathy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000508 neurotrophic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004977 neurovascular bundle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N nicotine Natural products CN1CCCC1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002715 nicotine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001597 nifedipine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HYIMSNHJOBLJNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N nifedipine Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=C(C)NC(C)=C(C(=O)OC)C1C1=CC=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O HYIMSNHJOBLJNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000715 nimodipine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229950006344 nocodazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000065 noncytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002020 noncytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002767 noradrenalin uptake inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002355 open surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940005483 opioid analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001756 oxaliplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DWAFYCQODLXJNR-BNTLRKBRSA-L oxaliplatin Chemical compound O1C(=O)C(=O)O[Pt]11N[C@@H]2CCCC[C@H]2N1 DWAFYCQODLXJNR-BNTLRKBRSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002559 palpation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052625 palygorskite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003460 periosteum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005191 phase separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002464 physical blending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950005566 picoplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IIMIOEBMYPRQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-L picoplatin Chemical compound N.[Cl-].[Cl-].[Pt+2].CC1=CC=CC=N1 IIMIOEBMYPRQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 210000002826 placenta Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920000765 poly(2-oxazolines) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000520 poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxyvalerate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001245 poly(D,L-lactide-co-caprolactone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000724 poly(L-arginine) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001432 poly(L-lactide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000962 poly(amidoamine) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001420 poly(caprolactone-co-lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001440 poly(ε-caprolactone)-block-poly(ethylene glycol) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001197 polyacetylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005906 polyester polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001601 polyetherimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000671 polyethylene glycol diacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010958 polyglycerol polyricinoleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003996 polyglycerol polyricinoleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002959 polymer blend Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005076 polymer ester Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010055896 polyornithine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229950008882 polysorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000123 polythiophene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000166 polytrimethylene carbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002980 postoperative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012673 precipitation polymerization Methods 0.000 description 1
- AYXYPKUFHZROOJ-ZETCQYMHSA-N pregabalin Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](CN)CC(O)=O AYXYPKUFHZROOJ-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001233 pregabalin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000770 propane-1,2-diol alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940072254 proscar Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BHMBVRSPMRCCGG-OUTUXVNYSA-N prostaglandin D2 Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@@H]1[C@@H](C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O)[C@@H](O)CC1=O BHMBVRSPMRCCGG-OUTUXVNYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHMBVRSPMRCCGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N prostaglandine D2 Natural products CCCCCC(O)C=CC1C(CC=CCCCC(O)=O)C(O)CC1=O BHMBVRSPMRCCGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019423 pullulan Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000021251 pulses Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940121374 purinergic receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940083082 pyrimidine derivative acting on arteriolar smooth muscle Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007674 radiofrequency ablation Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N rapamycin Natural products COCC(O)C(=C/C(C)C(=O)CC(OC(=O)C1CCCCN1C(=O)C(=O)C2(O)OC(CC(OC)C(=CC=CC=CC(C)CC(C)C(=O)C)C)CCC2C)C(C)CC3CCC(O)C(C3)OC)C ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011552 rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007832 reinnervation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000518 rheometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000000568 rho-Associated Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041788 rho-Associated Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QSKQVZWVLOIIEV-NSHDSACASA-N ripasudil Chemical compound C[C@H]1CNCCCN1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC2=CN=CC(F)=C12 QSKQVZWVLOIIEV-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950007455 ripasudil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011435 rock Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005399 satraplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 190014017285 satraplatin Chemical compound 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940116351 sebacate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012896 selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035807 sensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037152 sensory function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001044 sensory neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003775 serotonin noradrenalin reuptake inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920005573 silicon-containing polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N sirolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002930 sirolimus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940010747 sodium hyaluronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YWIVKILSMZOHHF-QJZPQSOGSA-N sodium;(2s,3s,4s,5r,6r)-6-[(2s,3r,4r,5s,6r)-3-acetamido-2-[(2s,3s,4r,5r,6r)-6-[(2r,3r,4r,5s,6r)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2- Chemical compound [Na+].CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 YWIVKILSMZOHHF-QJZPQSOGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004872 soft tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008279 sol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003594 spinal ganglia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008925 spontaneous activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011477 surgical intervention Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002889 sympathetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000331 sympathetic ganglia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004579 taxol derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003685 thermal hair damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000779 thoracic wall Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940033618 tisseel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003106 tissue adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000017423 tissue regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229930003799 tocopherol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000010384 tocopherol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001295 tocopherol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011732 tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017105 transposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008736 traumatic injury Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000428 triblock copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003029 tricyclic antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009966 trimming Methods 0.000 description 1
- YKUJZZHGTWVWHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N triptolide Natural products COC12CC3OC3(C(C)C)C(O)C14OC4CC5C6=C(CCC25C)C(=O)OC6 YKUJZZHGTWVWHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBYLVOKEDDQJDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris(2-aminoethyl)amine Chemical compound NCCN(CCN)CCN MBYLVOKEDDQJDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRXKRNGNAMMEHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium citrate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O HRXKRNGNAMMEHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 210000003954 umbilical cord Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001364 upper extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000021331 vascular occlusion disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002435 venom Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001048 venom Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000611 venom Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000012795 verification Methods 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004528 vincristine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N vincristine Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(OC(C)=O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGGWPQSBPIFKDZ-KOTLKJBCSA-N vindesine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(N)=O)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1N=C1[C]2C=CC=C1 UGGWPQSBPIFKDZ-KOTLKJBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004355 vindesine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GBABOYUKABKIAF-GHYRFKGUSA-N vinorelbine Chemical compound C1N(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=22)CC(CC)=C[C@H]1C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C1=CC([C@]23[C@H]([C@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]4(CC)C=CCN([C@H]34)CC2)(O)C(=O)OC)N2C)=C2C=C1OC GBABOYUKABKIAF-GHYRFKGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002066 vinorelbine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000009935 visceral pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004034 viscosity adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011345 viscous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003722 vitamin derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004885 white matter Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010493 xanthan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000230 xanthan gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940082509 xanthan gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L zinc;1-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-3-[(1s,2s)-2-(6-fluoro-2-hydroxy-3-propanoylphenyl)cyclopropyl]urea;diacetate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C([C@H]2[C@H](C2)NC(=O)NC=2N=CC(=CC=2)C#N)=C1O UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L 0.000 description 1
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N α-tocopherol Chemical compound OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001351 ε-poly-L-lysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/11—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for performing anastomosis; Buttons for anastomosis
- A61B17/1128—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for performing anastomosis; Buttons for anastomosis of nerves
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/00491—Surgical glue applicators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/28—Surgical forceps
- A61B17/285—Surgical forceps combined with cutting implements
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L27/00—Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses
- A61L27/14—Macromolecular materials
- A61L27/18—Macromolecular materials obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L27/00—Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses
- A61L27/50—Materials characterised by their function or physical properties, e.g. injectable or lubricating compositions, shape-memory materials, surface modified materials
- A61L27/52—Hydrogels or hydrocolloids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L27/00—Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses
- A61L27/50—Materials characterised by their function or physical properties, e.g. injectable or lubricating compositions, shape-memory materials, surface modified materials
- A61L27/54—Biologically active materials, e.g. therapeutic substances
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/11—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for performing anastomosis; Buttons for anastomosis
- A61B17/1146—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for performing anastomosis; Buttons for anastomosis of tendons
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00004—(bio)absorbable, (bio)resorbable or resorptive
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/00491—Surgical glue applicators
- A61B2017/00495—Surgical glue applicators for two-component glue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00831—Material properties
- A61B2017/00893—Material properties pharmaceutically effective
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00831—Material properties
- A61B2017/00898—Material properties expandable upon contact with fluid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/11—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for performing anastomosis; Buttons for anastomosis
- A61B2017/1125—Forceps, specially adapted for performing or assisting anastomosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/11—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for performing anastomosis; Buttons for anastomosis
- A61B2017/1132—End-to-end connections
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2300/00—Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices
- A61L2300/40—Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices characterised by a specific therapeutic activity or mode of action
- A61L2300/412—Tissue-regenerating or healing or proliferative agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2430/00—Materials or treatment for tissue regeneration
- A61L2430/32—Materials or treatment for tissue regeneration for nerve reconstruction
Definitions
- Neuromas are benign tumors that arise from neural tissue and are composed of abnormally sprouting axons, Schwann cells, and connective tissue. Even though neuromas can appear following various types of injuries, some of the most common and challenging to treat are derived from trauma or surgical procedures in which neural tissue was damaged or transected. Amputation surgeries necessitate the transection of one or more sensory or mixed nerves. Chronic neuropathic pain, attributed to neuroma formation, develops in up to 30% of patient’s post-surgery and results in downstream challenges with wearing a prosthesis and poor quality of life.
- neuromas form across multiple clinical indications such as in general surgery (hernia repair, mastectomy, laparoscopic cholecystectomy), gynecologic surgery (C-section, hysterectomy), and orthopedics (arthroscopy, amputation, knee replacement).
- Neuromas develop as a part of a normal reparative process following peripheral nerve injury. They are formed when nerve recovery towards the distal nerve end or target organ fails and nerve fibers improperly and irregularly regenerate into the surrounding scar tissue. Neuromas include a deranged architecture of tangled axons, Schwann cells, endoneurial cells, and perineurial cells in a dense collagenous matrix with surrounding fibroblasts (Mackinnon S E et al. 1985. Alteration of neuroma formation by manipulation of its microenvironment. Plast Reconstr Surg. 76:345-53). The up regulation of certain channels and receptors during neuroma development can also cause abnormal sensitivity and spontaneous activity of injured axons (Curtin C and Carroll I. 2009.
- Haphazardly arranged nerve fibers are known to produce abnormal activity that stimulates central neurons (Wall P D and Gutnick M. 1974. Ongoing activity in peripheral nerves; physiology and pharmacology of impulses originating from neuroma. Exp Neurol. 43:580-593). This ongoing abnormal activity can be enhanced by mechanical stimulation, for example, from the constantly rebuilding scar at the injury site (Nordin M et al. 1984. Ectopic sensory discharges and paresthesia in patients with disorders of peripheral nerves, dorsal roots and dorsal columns. Pain. 20:231-245; Scadding J W. 1981. Development of ongoing activity, mechanosensitivity, and adrenaline sensitivity in severed peripheral nerve axons. Exp Neurol. 73:345-364).
- Neuromas of the nerve stump or neuromas-in-continuity are unavoidable consequences of nerve injury when the nerve is not, or cannot be, repaired and can result in debilitating pain. It has been estimated that approximately 30% of neuromas become painful and problematic. This is particularly likely if the neuroma is present at or near the skin surface as physical stimulation induces signaling in the nerve resulting in a sensation of pain.
- traction neurectomy in which the nerve is pulled forward under traction and transected as far back as possible in the hope that, if a neuroma forms, that it will be located deep in the tissue.
- Another well recognized approach is to bury the proximal nerve end (that will form the neuroma) into muscle or a hole drilled in bone. The nerve is then sutured to the muscle or periosteum of the bone to maintain its position. The rationale for this is that the surrounding tissue cushions and isolates the neuroma to inhibit stimulation and the resulting painful sensations.
- Another method is to cut the nerve stump back to leave a segment or sleeve of overhanging epineurium. This overhang can be ligated to cover the face of the nerve stump.
- a segment of epineurium can be acquired from other nerve tissue or a corresponding nerve stump can be cut back to create an epineurium sleeve that can be used to connect with and cover the other nerve stump.
- suture ligation Yet another method that is commonly used is a suture ligation, where a loop of suture is placed around the end of the nerve and tightened. This pressure is believed to mechanically block the exit of axons and causes the terminal end to eventually form scar tissue over the site. Clinical and pre-clinical evidence has shown, however, that this procedure can cause a painful neuroma to form behind the ligation. Furthermore, the ligated nerve is generally not positioned to minimize mechanical stimulation of the neuroma, since it is anticipated that the scar tissue will provide sufficient protection to the nerve end.
- Other methods used clinically include placing the nerve stump within a solid implantable silicone or biodegradable polymer tube with an open, or more recently, a sealed end (e.g. Polyganics NEUROCAP) or a closed tube with a shelf (e.g. AXOGEN Nerve Cap ® ); wrapping the proximal nerve end with a harvested vein or fat graft, again with the goal of providing a physical barrier to aberrant nerve regeneration.
- a sealed end e.g. Polyganics NEUROCAP
- a closed tube with a shelf e.g. AXOGEN Nerve Cap ®
- the current procedure for securing the NEUROCAP requires a suture be placed in the epineurium of the nerve and through the wall of the tube followed by pulling and stuffing the nerve into the lumen of the tube using the suture and the placement of several sutures to retain the nerve in the device.
- These methods and devices can also result in mechanical stimulation of the neuroma tissue due to the 1) mismatch between the tissue compliance and the rigidity of the conduit and 2) inability of the cap to prevent neuroma formation within the cap due to the potential space, with resulting sensation of pain.
- a method of in situ formation of a conforming, protective nerve cap to inhibit neuroma formation at a severed nerve end comprises the steps of identifying a severed end of a nerve; positioning the severed end into a cavity defined by a form; introducing media into the form to surround the severed end; and permitting the media to undergo a transformation from a first, relatively flowable state to a second, relatively non flowable state to form a protective conforming barrier surrounding the severed end.
- the method may further comprise the step of removing the form, to leave behind a formed biocompatible in situ protective nerve cap.
- the identifying a severed end of a nerve step may comprise identifying a nerve severed such as by cutting or ablation or severed traumatically.
- the form may comprise a nerve guide, and the positioning step may comprise positioning the nerve such that the nerve guide maintains the severed end within the cavity spaced apart from a sidewall of the form.
- the tip of the severed end may be positioned at least about 0.1 mm or 2 mm away from the sidewall or more preferably about 1 mm away.
- the form is either bioresorbable or is composed of a flexible nondegradable material that can easily be removed from the surgical site after formation of the in situ nerve cap.
- the transformation from flowable to nonflowable state may occur within about 1 minute, or within about 30 seconds or within about 10 seconds of the introducing step.
- the method may additionally comprise the step of blotting a volume of axoplasm from the severed nerve prior to the introducing step.
- the method may alternatively comprise the step of performing axon fusion utilizing a ‘PEG fusion’ protocol, described later, prior to placing the nerve within the nerve form.
- the form may comprise a first configuration in which the cavity is exposed, and a second configuration in which the cavity is partially or completely covered; and further comprising the step of advancing the form from the first configuration to the second configuration following the introducing a nerve step.
- the step of advancing the form from the first configuration to the second configuration may occur prior to the introducing the nerve or media steps.
- the form may alternatively comprise an open cell foam, and the cavity comprises a tortuous, interconnected interstitial volume within the foam. In the latter embodiment, the form would remain in place in situ after integration with and formation of the nerve cap.
- the form may comprise a porous lyophilized biomateral that dissolves in minutes to hours after being exposed to physiological fluid
- the identifying a severed nerve step may include the step of severing a target nerve, such as with scissors, a blade (e.g. No 10 or No 11), or a razor blade.
- the step may additionally comprise transecting the nerve cleanly at an oblique angle prior to placing the nerve within the form.
- nerves can be cute with a nerve cutting or trimming device.
- the transformation step may comprise a crosslinking reaction or a polymerization and may use an in situ forming hydrogel that can intercalate with the host tissue to form an adhesion between the hydrogel and the tissue.
- the hydrogel is a neutral or negatively charged material with submicron or smaller pores which permit nutrient and protein exchange but not cellular infiltration.
- the transformation produces a synthetic crosslinked hydrogel protective barrier through which nerves cannot regenerate around the end of a transected nerve stump.
- the hydrogel By crosslinking the hydrogel at the distal tip of the transected nerve containing severed axons, the hydrogel provides a physical block to nerve regeneration or neuroma formation and, as it absorbs fluid and equilibrates, draws fluid from the axoplasm and cellular/cytoplasmic debris away from the transected nerve, thereby improving self- sealing capability of the axonal membranes.
- a method of in situ formation of an implant with a rapid release from a mold comprises the steps of identifying a nerve; positioning the nerve in a cavity defined by a form; introducing media into the cavity to surround the nerve; and permitting the media to undergo a transformation from a first, relatively flowable state to a second, relatively non flowable state to form a protective barrier surrounding the nerve; wherein a hydrophilic characteristic of the media cooperates with a hydrophobic characteristic of the cavity to facilitate a rapid release of the implant from the cavity following the transformation.
- the positioning step may comprise positioning a severed end of a nerve into the cavity and permitting the media to undergo a transformation to form a protective barrier surrounding the severed end of the nerve.
- the implant can be removed from the cavity by a pull force of no more than about 10 N, applied for no more than about 5 seconds. In some implementations, the implant can be removed from the cavity by a pull force of no more than about 5 N, or by a pull force of no more than about 2 N applied for no more than about 2 seconds. In general, the implant can be removed from the cavity within 10 seconds, preferably within 5 seconds, preferably within about 2 seconds, without disrupting attachment between the implant and the nerve.
- the introducing media step may include introducing a first volume of media, and following transformation of the first volume, introducing a second volume of media.
- the first layer is delivered first to position the nerve and a subsequent second layer is delivered to completely cover the nerve.
- a further method of in situ formation of an implant comprises the steps of identifying an implant formation site; positioning a form having an implant cavity at the site; introducing media into the cavity to form an implant precursor; and permitting the media to undergo a transformation from a first, relatively flowable state to a second, relatively non flowable state to form the implant; wherein a hydrophilic characteristic of the media cooperates with a hydrophobic characteristic of the cavity to facilitate a rapid release of the implant from the cavity following the transformation.
- the implant may be a nerve cap for inhibiting neuroma formation around a severed nerve end, a wrap for protecting the nerve from inflammation and scar formation, or may be a nerve conduit for guiding growth of a nerve.
- the implant may be a tissue bulking implant or a vascular occlusion device.
- the implant may be a serve a tendon protector or facilitate tendon repair.
- a method of in situ formation of a nerve cap may comprise the steps of identifying a severed end of a nerve; positioning the severed end into a cavity defined by a form; introducing media into the cavity to surround the severed end; and permitting the media to undergo a transformation from a first, relatively flowable state to a second, relatively non flowable state to form a protective barrier surrounding the severed nerve end; wherein a hydrophilic characteristic of the media cooperates with a hydrophobic characteristic of the cavity to facilitate a rapid release of the nerve cap from the cavity following the transformation.
- the method may additionally comprise the step of removing the form.
- the identifying step may comprise identifying a surgically severed nerve.
- the form may comprise a nerve guide and said positioning step may comprise positioning the nerve such that the nerve guide maintains the severed end within the cavity spaced apart from a sidewall of the form.
- the severed end may be positioned at least about 1 mm away from the sidewall.
- the nerve may be covered circumferentially with a layer of at least 0.05 mm, preferably at least 0.5 mm of hydrogel, more preferably at least 1 mm of hydrogel although larger hydrogel thicknesses are also acceptable given sufficient space.
- the transformation may occur within about 30 seconds of the introducing step, preferably within about 10 seconds of the introducing step, preferably within about 5 seconds of the introducing step.
- the method may additionally comprise the step of blotting a volume of axoplasm from the severed nerve prior to the introducing step.
- the form may comprise a first configuration in which the cavity is exposed, and a second configuration in which the cavity is covered.
- the method may further comprise the step of advancing the form from the first configuration to the second configuration following the introducing media step.
- the nerve is placed inside the cavity of the first configuration, the form is moved to a second configuration in which the nerve is enclosed in the form and the media is subsequently delivered through a port in the form.
- the form may have a clamshell lid and may have an entrance region for holding the nerve and preventing premature outflow of the PEG from the form.
- the form may comprise an open cell foam, and the cavity may comprise an interstitial volume within the foam.
- the identifying a severed nerve step includes the step of severing a target nerve.
- the transformation may comprise a crosslinking or polymerization.
- the transformation may produce a synthetic crosslinked hydrogel protective barrier.
- the protective barrier may have an in vivo persistence of at least about two months or at least about three months, more preferably 6 months or more.
- the transformation may cause the media to swell in volume as it equilibrates with the surrounding tissue within the range of from about 2% to about 60% volumetrically or within the range of from about 5% to about 30%, preferably 10 to 20%.
- the method may further comprise the step of positioning a form at a treatment site before the positioning the severed end step.
- the method may further comprise the step of forming the form in situ before the positioning the severed end step.
- the method may further comprise delivering the media around the nerve in two successive steps. The severing a target nerve and positioning a form at a treatment site steps may be accomplished using a single instrument.
- the viscosity of the flowable media may be less than 70,000 cps, preferably less than 10,000 cps, more preferably less than 500 cps. In one embodiment the viscosity of the flowable media is similar to water ( ⁇ 1 cps).
- the density of the flowable media may be less than 1.1 g/cm 3 .
- the form may comprise a biocompatible silicone.
- the form may contain an integral silicone post for seating the nerve.
- the form may contain a biodegradable polymer post for seating the nerve that remains in situ after the hydrogel forms. In one embodiment, the polymer post is lyophilized in place and in another embodiment the polymer post is adhered to the form with a biocompatible adhesive.
- the biodegradable polymer post remains in situ with the hydrogel cap and detaches from the silicone form when the silicone form is removed.
- the he entire form may comprise PEG, with or without an integral PEG post for seating the nerve. In the latter embodiment, the form will remain in situ and degrade within the timeframe for degradation of the hydrogel.
- hydrogels with degradation profiles within 3 months, preferably substantially degraded within 6 weeks, more preferably substantially degraded within 4 weeks are desirable.
- the equilibrium swelling of hydrogels for protection must be sufficient to accommodate an edema on the compressesd nerve, swelling volumetrically to between 20 and 50%, preferably about 25 to 40% volumetrically.
- a dual component in situ forming biomaterial composition comprising a nerve regeneration permissive component and a nerve growth inhibitory component.
- the growth permissive component is comprised of an in situ forming thermosensitive hydrogel and the growth inhibitory component is comprised of an in situ forming chemically crosslinked hydrogel.
- the growth permissive component is comprised of a physically crosslinked hydrogel or viscous solution. Examples of growth permissive matrices are provided in Pabari et al 2011. Recent advances in artificial nerve conduit design: Strategies for the delivery of luminal fillers. J. Controlled Release, 156, 2-10, incorporated herein for reference.
- the in vivo persistence of the growth inhibitory component around partially or completely transected nerves is longer than the hydrogel delivered around nerves in continuity since the growth inhibitory component must carry the load of the nerve until the regenerating proximal nerve has traversed into the distal stump and can start to bear some of the load/tension on the nerve again.
- the hydrogel ‘wrap’ around the nerve will carry the load and prevent immune infiltration until the nerve is regenerated and then degrade thereafter in order to transfer the natural strain on nerve to the regenerated native tissue.
- the hydrogels can be adapted for use to support the regeneration and regain of function after implantation of allografts and conduits.
- the hydrogel is delivered around allograft to improve the handleability and assist with coaptation with the transected nerve.
- the cables can be bound together by using the in situ forming hydrogel as an artificial epineurium.
- the hydrogel may also improve the trimmability and overall handling of the allograft tissue.
- the in situ forming hydrogel may be delivered around a conduit (solid, porous, grid/strut) to adhere the conduit to the proximal and distal transected stump either with or without sutures.
- the nerve growth permissive component is delivered first and the nerve growth inhibitory component delivered second.
- the nerve growth permissive component is of sufficient mechanical integrity to prevent the growth inhibitory component from entering the desired growth regenerative zone.
- the nerve growth permissive components conform to the nerve and facilitate nerve ingrowth into, through and across the growth permissive biomaterial into the distal stump.
- the nerve growth permissive component is injected between the proximal and distal tips of the transected nerve.
- the nerve growth permissive component is delivered around the nerve circumferentially at the site of the compression, crush, partial transection, full transection without gap or full transection with gap.
- the growth permissive component is a flowable composition and and may spread into the zone between the damaged or transected fibers.
- the growth permissive biomaterial is a temporarily filler that prevents the growth inhibitory biomaterial from accessing the damaged nerves and inhibiting regeneration.
- the nerve growth inhibitory components prevent nerve growth into the material.
- the nerve growth inhibitory component covers the growth permissive material and the distal and proximal nerve stumps for a distance of at least 2 mm in each direction, more preferably a distance of 10 mm. In this manner, immune cell infiltration into the regenerating nerve fibers is limited and the typical contraction of the regenerating nerve cable is prevented.
- the nerve growth inhibitory components act as a guide upon or along which nerve regeneration can occur.
- the nerve growth inhibitory components is additionally utilized as rods deployed within the growth permissive region and running in the same plane as the nerves to help guide the regenerating axons.
- the growth permissive biomaterial is placed temporarily as a barrier to the growth inhibitory biomaterial and is cleared after the in situ formation of the growth inhibitory hydrogel occurs.
- the clearance of the growth permissive biomaterial may be within 1 hour to 3 months after delivery of the growth inhibitory material, preferably 1 hour to 2 months, more preferably 1 hour to 3 days. In the latter case, rapid dissolution of the growth permissive biomaterial removes any physical barriers to regenerating neurons in the case of close apposition between two nerves (proximal and distal tips), either through suture or suturless placement.
- the biomaterials components comprise in situ forming crosslinked gel, in situ formed thermosensitive hydrogel, in situ formed thermoreversible hydrogel, viscous solutions of synthetic or natural polymers, microparticles, nanoparticles, foam, hydrogel microparticle slurry or micelles.
- both the growth permissive and growth inhibitory components both contain polyethylene glycol (PEG).
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- the PEG is a multi-arm PEG. In some embodiments, the PEG is a linear PEG. In some embodiments the growth inhibitory PEG comprises a multi-arm PEG and the growth regenerative PEG comprises a linear PEG. [0042] In some embodiments, the PEG is comprised of a urethane or amide linkage.
- the PEG comprised of an ester and/or amine linkage.
- the PEG additionally comprises a linear end- capped PEG of 5,000 Daltons or less, such as PEG 3350.
- the crosslinking is performed between a PEG-NHS ester and a PEG-amine or a trilysine.
- the growth permissive gel contains pores l ⁇ m in size or larger.
- the growth permissive gel contains rods or filaments.
- the growth permissive component contains chitosan, collagen, laminin, fibrin, fibronectin, HPMC, CMC or other natural material. In other embodiments, these components or regions of these components are covalently conjugated to one another. In another embodiment, these components are blended together.
- the growth permissive component contains polylysine, preferably between 0.001 and 10 wt%, more preferably between 0.01 and 0.1 wt%.
- the nerve growth permissive components contains between 0.001 and 20 % collagen, preferably between 3 and 6 wt%.
- the nerve growth permissive component contains fibronectin.
- the growth permissive component contains poly-L- ornithine.
- the growth permissive component includes laminin, preferably between 0 and 5 wt%, more preferably between 0 and 0.5%.
- the swelling of the growth permissive component is less than 20%, preferably between 0 and 20%.
- the viscosity of the growth permissive component is over 5,000 Cps, preferably between 7,500 and 150,000 Cps, more preferably between 10,000 and 20,000.
- the Young’s modulus of the growth permissive component is less than 2 kPa, preferably less than 1 kPa, more preferably less than 600 Pa.
- the growth permissive component is a soft gel with a Young’s modulus of between 100 and 300 Pa.
- the osmolarity of the growth permissive gel is between 275 and 320 mOsm, preferably between 280 and 320 mOsm.
- the swelling of the growth inhibitory component is less than 50%, preferably between 0 and 30%, more preferably between 5 and 20%. In yet another embodiment the swelling of the growth permissive component is the same as the growth inhibitory component.
- the swelling of the growth permissive component is less than or equal to the swelling of the growth inhibitory component.
- the compressive strength of the growth inhibitory component is greater than 10 kPa, preferably > 30 kPa.
- the growth permissive and growth inhibitory component are different colors.
- the growth permissive region comprises agents that support nerve survival, outgrowth, and regeneration.
- the growth permissive region permits infiltration of Schwann or other supporting cells.
- the growth permissive region may be loaded with cells prior to placement in situ.
- the growth inhibitory region may prevent the migration of these cells away from the implantation site.
- the system contains supporting cells such as glial cells, including Schwann cells, oligodendrocytes, or progenitor cells such as stems cells.
- a composition includes agents which may comprise one or more of growth factors, anti-inhibitory peptides or antibodies, and/or axon guidance cues.
- the growth permissive region can be delivered with a syringe accurately with preferably an 18 gauge or higher needle in volumes of 10 microliters to 5 milliliters. Smaller volumes of less than 100 microliters can be delivered to smaller nerves or partially transected nerves and larger volumes can be delivered to partial or complete lesions in larger caliber nerves.
- the system is delivered to peripheral nerves, the ventral or dorsal roots, the sympathetic ganglia, the cauda equina, the spinal cord, or the brain. In yet other embodiments, the system may be delivered to or around a peripheral neurovascular bundle or a tendon. In some embodiments, the system is delivered to nerves without utilizing the form, although using the form is preferable.
- the growth permissive and growth inhibitory region include a P2XR receptor antagonist.
- the P2XR receptor antagonist is a P2X7 receptor antagonist, including Brilliant Blue FCF (BB FCF) or Brilliant Blue G (BBG).
- the P2XR antagonist is a P2X3 receptor antagonist, such as AF-219 or gefapixant.
- the concentration of the P2XR antagonist concentration is between 0.001 and 0.55 % the hydrogel.
- the hydrogel is delivered circumferentially around a nerve.
- the hydrogel is delivered only partially on the surface of the nerve, for example around between 25% and 85%, preferably between 50 and 80% of the nerve circumference.
- multiple Wraps are delivered in sequence to cover longer lengths of nerve. For example, in some embodiments between one and four hydrogel wraps are delivered around the nerve in situations such as after ulnar nerve transposition when a long length of nerve has been released and moved.
- the Wrap Form can be cut with surgical scissors intraoperatively to permit space for the bifurcating nerve to exit the Wrap Form outside of the available exit region of the Wrap Form.
- the length of the Cap Form or Wrap Form is between 10 mm and 60 mm, depending on the length of the nerve.
- the Cap Form or Wrap Form cavities are between 11 mm and 40 mm in length, preferably 15 mm to 20 mm in length.
- the Cap Form preferably at least 5 mm of nerve length needs to be covered with hydrogel to secure the nerve in the hydrogel, more preferably at least 10 mm of nerve length.
- the Cap Form cavity length needs to be approximately 11 mm long, preferably 15 mm long for small nerve coverage.
- longer cavities are preferable for larger nerves given the longer lengths of these nerves that are exposed, and so cavity lengths on the order of 15 mm to 60 mm, more preferably 20 mm to 50 mm in cavity length.
- kits including two or more in situ forming hydrogels.
- the kit includes a dual applicator system clearly marked with indicia as the growth permissive applicator and a dual applicator system clearly marked as the growth inhibitory applicator.
- Each component can be clearly color coded and includes a powder vial, a reconstitution/diluent solution, and an accelerator solution for use in the dual applicator system.
- the kit also may include one or more forms - one form for receiving the growth inhibitory hydrogel, the other for the growth permissive hydrogel.
- the kit may include a bioresorbable form for receipt of the growth permissive biomaterial followed by a temporarily nondegradable form for the subsequent receipt of the growth inhibitory hydrogel.
- kits including one in situ forming hydrogel and one low viscosity gel solution (viscosity between 5,000 and 30,000 Cps with a modulus of less than 1 kPa).
- the kit includes a dual applicator system clearly marked with indicies as a growth inhibitory applicator and a syringe/applicator system clearly marked as a growth permissive applicator.
- the kit may also include one or more forms - one form for receiving the growth permissive gel solution that is biodegradable and one form for receiving the growth inhibitory hydrogel that is nondegradable.
- the biodegradable form for receiving the growth permissive gel solution is a biodegradable adherent sheet that adheres to the nerve when wetted and is resorbed within several days after application.
- the biodegradable form degrades between one and two months and is positively charged to facilitate neurite extension.
- a method of delivering dual gels including an in situ forming hydrogel and a low viscosity gel to treat conditions involving nerves.
- the nerves can need repair, such as, for example, end-to-end anastomoses, coaptation, repair with allograft or autograft or conduit or wrap, or gap repair.
- the dual gel system can be delivered to and around the site of anastomoses between proximal nerve and distal nerve stump, proximal nerve and allograft nerve or cable(s), or as a connector-assisted coaptation where the connector is provided by the in situ forming hydrogel.
- the dual gel system can be delivered as an adjunct to suture repair, or preferably, without the need for sutures of the nerve tissue.
- a growth permissive region is delivered between the proximal and distal nerve stumps, between end-to-end anastomoses sites, between proximal stump and allograft/autograft and between the allograft/autograft and the distal stump.
- a growth permissive region is injected between the proximal and graft and/or graft and distal stumps, with or without the assistance of a form.
- the growth permissive solution may comprise a volume of approximately 5 ul to 3 ml, more preferably 10 ul to 1 cc. Sufficient volume must be delivered to fill the gap between the nerve and also cover 1 mm or more of length of the proximal and distal nerves, preferably 2 to 5 mm of length of both the proximal and distal nerve.
- the growth permissive region is delivered inside a conduit or wrap. In some embodiments, the growth permissive region is delivered inside a lyophilized PEG conduit or wrap.
- the lyophilized PEG may comprise a crosslinked multiarm PEG, a multi-arm PEG, a linear PEG solution or combination thereof that provides enough structural support during the procedure as a temporary form to prevent the off-target spread of the growth permissive material. Post-procedurally, the form is cleared from the site within 3 to 5 days, preferably less than 1 to 2 days.
- a growth permissive region is delivered into a form that permits adherence of the growth permissive gel to the nerves but not the form.
- the growth permissive region is delivered into a porous form permitting adherence of the growth permissive gel to both the nerve and the form. The growth permissive region intercalates in the pores of the bioresorbable form to provide good adherence to the form.
- a growth inhibitory region is delivered after the growth permissive region. In some embodiment a growth inhibitory region is delivered around the growth permissive region, completely covering the growth permissive material. In another embodiment, a layer of the growth inhibitory region is delivered into the form first followed by placement of the nerves, delivery of the growth permissive region, and subsequent delivery of the final layer of growth inhibitory region. [0075] In some embodiments, a growth inhibitory region covers the proximal and distal nerves and growth permissive region. In some embodiments, the growth inhibitory region extends down the proximal and distal nerves from the anastomoses sight at least 2 cm in each direction, preferably 1 cm in each direction, preferably providing 5 mm coverage of each nerve stump.
- a kit can include an in situ forming hydrogel.
- the kit includes a dual applicator system and a powder vial, a reconstitution/diluent solution, and an accelerator solution for use in the dual applicator system.
- the kit also may include a selection of forms in a range of sizes and lengths for receiving the hydrogel.
- a growth inhibitory region covers the anastomoses junction or site of direct nerve coaptation.
- a growth inhibitory region is delivered to cover the junction(s) between the nerve and the conduit or wrap.
- a growth inhibitory region covers a healthy, compressed, or contused nerve.
- a formed in place nerve regeneration construct comprising: a growth permissive hydrogel bridge having first and second ends and configured to span a space between two nerve ends and facilitate nerve regrowth across the bridge; and a growth inhibiting hydrogel jacket encapsulating the growth permissive hydrogel bridge and configured to extend beyond the first and second ends to directly contact and adhere to the two nerve ends.
- the adhesion of the growth inhibitory hydrogel to the nerves provides sufficient strength to maintain the nerves in proximity and support nerve regeneration without the need for sutures.
- the nerves can be positioned within the biomaterials with an angle or a flex in the nerves to take the load off of the nerve ends and improve nerve repair.
- a method of encouraging nerve growth between a first nerve end and a second nerve end comprising: placing the first nerve end and the second nerve end in a form cavity; introducing a growth permissive media into the cavity and into contact with the first nerve end and the second nerve end to form a junction; placing the junction into a second form cavity; and introducing a growth inhibiting media into the second form cavity to encapsulate the junction.
- a method of supporting regeneration between a first nerve end and a second nerve end comprising: placing the first nerve end and the second nerve end in a bioresorbable nerve cavity and introducing the growth permissive media into the cavity and into contact with the first nerve end and the second nerve end to form a junction.
- the growth permissive media/bioresorbable nerve cavity e.g. wrap or conduit
- the growth permissive media/bioresorbable nerve cavity can then be handled with forceps as a unit and then transferred into a second form cavity into which the growth inhibitory media is delivered.
- a dual component form is used to complete the growth permissive and growth inhibitory biomaterial delivery without the need to handle or otherwise move the nerve unnecessarily.
- the form contains an inner bioresorbable form (e.g. chitosan, HPMC, CMC film) that rests inside the outer nonresorbable form (e.g. silicone).
- the growth permissive material is delivered directly into the bioresorbable form and the growth inhibitory biomaterial is delivered in between the bioresorbable from and the non-resorbable form.
- the bioresorbable form is a thin sheet that, when wet, becomes sticky and adhesive.
- the hydration of the biocompatible biodegradable sheet which may occur through interaction with the naturally wet nerve and/or surrounding tissue fluids or through direct application of a aqueous solution, may either crosslink in situ to adhere to the tissue through physical intercalation with the tissue surface. After hydrogel formation, the non-resorbable form is removed.
- a form for creating an in situ nerve cap to inhibit neuroma formation comprising: a concave wall defining a cavity, the wall having a top opening for accessing the cavity, the top opening lying on a first plane and having an area that is less than the area of a second plane conforming to inside dimensions of the cavity and spaced apart into the cavity and parallel to the first plane; and a concave nerve guide carried by the wall and providing a side access to the cavity.
- a form for creating an in situ wrap around a nerve to nerve junction comprising: a concave wall defining a cavity, the wall having a top opening for accessing the cavity, the top opening lying on a first plane and having an area that is less than the area of a second plane conforming to inside dimensions of the cavity and spaced apart into the cavity and parallel to the first plane; a first concave nerve guide carried by the wall and providing a first side access for positioning a first nerve end in the cavity; and a second concave nerve guide carried by the wall and providing a second side access for positioning a second nerve end in the cavity.
- a Cap composition for an in situ forming growth inhibitory hydrogel with: compressive strength greater than 10 kDa for over 3 months, in vivo persistence for at least 3 months comprising less than 15% mass loss, and/or swelling of less than 30% for over 3 months.
- a composition for an in situ forming growth inhibitory hydrogel with: a compressive strength greater than 20 kDa for over 6 months, in vivo persistence for at least 6 months comprising less than 15% mass loss, and/or in vitro swelling of less than 20% for over 6 months.
- the growth inhibitory hydrogel for preventing neuroma formation has a compressive strength of greater than 30 kDa, in vivo persistence for over 4 months comprising less than 15% mass loss, and/or swelling of less than 20% for over 4 months.
- the growth inhibitory hydrogel swells outwards radially as it degrades, preventing compression of the nerve.
- the swelling of the hydrogel occurs in concert with the loss of tensile strength of the hydrogel, preventing compression of the encapsulated nerve and of adjacent structures.
- a Wrap composition for an in situ forming growth inhibitory hydrogel with a compressive strength of greater than 10 k Da for over 2 weeks, with in vivo persistence of at least 4 weeks, and/or swelling of less than 60% over 3 months.
- swelling of at least 10% is desirable to accommodate any swelling of the nerve after trauma.
- the hydrogel swells at least 20% after equilibrium, more preferably greater than 30% but at no time point swells more than 60% prior to clearance.
- the hydrogel swells sufficiently to permit any nerve swelling and then remains on the nerve to prevent immune cell infiltration and secondarily, as degradation and loss of tensile strength occurs, additional swelling in the outward radial direction permits gliding of the nerve within the hydrogel.
- Wraps with an even shorter degradation time are desired to prevent nerve compression from occurring in the first week post-operatively. These Wrap hydrogels remain in situ for at least 2 weeks in vivo but are rapidly cleared from the site and are substantially cleared from the site within 4 weeks. These more rapidly degrading Wrap hydrogels permit gliding during the degradation phase of the hydrogel during which the hydrogel forms a viscous solution around the nerve through which the nerve can freely move.
- the composition includes one or more of: poly(ethylene glycol) succinimidyl carbonate, a P2XR receptor antagonist, such as a P2X7 receptor antagonist.
- a P2X7 receptor antagonist is Brilliant Blue FCF (BB FCF) or Brilliant Blue G (BBG).
- a method of in situ formation of a nerve wrap comprising identifying a section of a nerve; positioning the nerve in a cavity defined by a form; introducing media into the cavity of the form to surround the nerve; and permitting the media to undergo a transformation from a first, relatively flowable state to a second, relatively non flowable state to form a protective barrier around the nerve.
- the nerve is healthy, compressed, contused, partially or completed transected.
- the nerve is transected during the procedure and in yet other embodiments the damage to the nerve, such as formation of a neuroma, has occurred 3 months to about 10 years previously and is excised prior to application of the hydrogel.
- the nerve is repaired within minutes to three months after an injury, typically within a day to 14 days after injury.
- such after trauma when the extent of nerve damage or capacity for the nerve to regenerate is unclear and the surgeon prefers to evaluate if the nerve function is able to return without surgical intervention, the surgeon may elect not to perform the procedure until two months to 6 months after the initial nerve trauma.
- the nerve is first repaired through direct anastomoses, repair with allograft or autograft, or repair with a conduit prior to delivery of the growth permissive and growth inhibitory biomaterials.
- the method includes removing the form.
- the form comprises a nerve guide, and positioning comprises positioning the nerve such that the nerve guide maintains the nerve spaced apart from a sidewall of the form.
- the hydrogel is formed around a nerve placed in a cylindrical tube which is subsequently removed after which the nerve-hydrogel is rotated and placed in a second cylindrical tube and a second application of the growth inhibitory hydrogel is applied. By placing the successively larger diameter tubes appropriately, the nerve can be delivered in the center of the formed hydrogel. This same approach may be utilized for applications of growth permissive or growth inhibitory gels.
- a method of in situ formation of a nerve wrap includes where the nerve is covered circumferentially with a biomaterial thickness around the nerve of at least 0.1 mm of a protective barrier, preferably 0.5 mm to 10 mm, more preferably 0.5 to 5 mm thickness.
- the transformation occurs within about 10 seconds of the introducing step, preferably less than 5 seconds of the introducing step. In some embodiments of delivering the hydrogel into the wrap/cap form, the transformation preferably occurs within 15 seconds of the introducing step, or longer as needed for wrapping longer sections of nerve.
- kits will be designated for small nerves (less than 4 mm nerves) and large nerves (greater than 4 mm nerves). Kits may also contain different needle gauges to accommodate the delivery of different volumes and gel times to the nerve cap/wraps. For example, a small nerve kit may contain a 22 gauge needle and a large nerve kit may contain a 20 or 18 gauge needle.
- the transformation comprises a crosslinking or polymerizing. In some embodiments, the transformation comprises gelation after a temperature change from room temperature to body temperature.
- the transformation produces a synthetic crosslinked hydrogel protective barrier.
- the transformation produces a natural crosslinked hydrogel protective barrier, such as can be obtained with fibrin sealant (Tisseel, Baxter).
- the protective barrier has an in vivo persistence of at least about two months.
- the protective barrier has an in vivo persistence of at least about three months.
- the protective barrier has an in vivo persistence of at least about 6 months. [0100] In some embodiments, the protective barrier does not degrade in vivo.
- the transformation causes the media to swell in volume within the range of from about 2% to about 60%.
- the transformation causes the media to swell in volume within the range of from about 50% to 40%.
- the method includes forming a form in situ before the positioning the severed end; and/or delivering the media around the nerve in two successive steps.
- the severing a target nerve step and the positioning a form at a treatment site step are accomplished by a single instrument.
- the viscosity of the flowable hydrogel precursor media is less than 70,000 cps, preferably less than 10,000 cps.
- the density of the flowable media is less than about 1.2 g/cm 3 , or approximately that of water at 1 g/cm 3 .
- the form is comprised of biocompatible medical grade silicone.
- the form contains integral posts for seating longer lengths of the nerve.
- the cap or wrap form is comprised of PEG.
- the form has a clamshell lid and a separate port or entrance for delivery the hydrogel
- the growth permissive and growth inhibitory region contain a P2XR receptor antagonist.
- the P2XR receptor antagonist is a P2X7 receptor antagonist, including Brilliant Blue FCF or Brilliant Blue G (BBG).
- the concentration of the P2XR antagonist is between 0.001 to 0.55 % in the hydrogel.
- the growth permissive and/or growth inhibitory region contain the antioxidant methylene blue. In other embodiments, the growth permissive and/or growth inhibitory contain FD&C No.l alone or in combination with FD&C No. 5 to create blue, turquoise/teal, and varying shades of green hydrogels. In other embodiments, the growth permissive and/or growth inhibitory region contain linear end-capped PEG (3.35kDa, or 5kDa or blends thereof) at solid contents of 1% to 50 wt%, more preferably 10-20 wt%.
- hydrogel(s) as a cap.
- the nerve cap is not pre-formed.
- Some embodiments as disclosed herein include in situ forming hydrogel scaffolds or ones that can be formed/wrapped in situ around a nerve. In some embodiments, these hydrogels are delivered without a pre-formed wrap or conduit.
- the nerve is prevented from forming a neuroma by delivering an in situ forming ‘bridge to nowhere’ conduit in the form of an in situ formed hydrogel with open lumens that permit the regeneration of nerves along and on the hydrogel until their ability to regenerate has aborted.
- the channel inside the hydrogel is 1 cm or more in length, preferably 2 cm or more in length.
- the channel is comprised of a rapidly resorbing biomaterial, such as low molecular weight PEG, collagen, hyaluronic acid or hydroxymethylcellulose or combinations thereof. The hydrogel is formed around the nerve and the rapidly absorbing biomaterial channel.
- the biomaterial cylinder maintains its three dimensional structure long enough to provide a scaffold over which the growth inhibitory cylinder can be formed.
- the nerve is placed in a bioresorbable Wrap form and the form filled with the rapidly resorbing material.
- the Wrap form is wrapped circumferentially around the nerve and rapidly resorbing biomaterial, after which the growth inhibitory hydrogel is delivered around the nerve and wrap in a second, larger Wrap form.
- the larger Wrap form may be biodegradable or a removable nondegradable form.
- systems and methods for delivering the hydrogel circumferentially around the nerve in appropriately designed forms can include use of a form or the specific design of the PEG hydrogel to prevent neuroma formation such as circumferential delivery and coverage of the tip of the nerve, sufficient in vivo persistence beyond the time during which nerves can regenerate (3 months or more), minimal swelling to prevent nerve compression or loss of adherence between the nerve and the hydrogel, sufficient tensile strength to prevent nerve outgrowth into the hydrogel and delivering them into a removable form.
- a kit for in situ formation of an implant for guiding nerve regeneration between two nerve ends is provided in accordance with a further aspect of the invention.
- the kit includes first components for producing a first, growth permissive hydrogel; second components for producing a second, growth inhibitory hydrogel; at least one form having a concavity; a first applicator for delivering the growth permissive hydrogel into the cavity; and a second applicator for delivering the growth inhibitory hydrogel into the cavity.
- the first components may include a powdered growth permissive hydrogel precursor, a reconstitution solution, and an accelerator solution.
- the powdered growth permissive hydrogel precursor may contain an agent to stimulate nerve regeneration.
- the second components may include a powdered growth inhibiting hydrogel precursor, a reconstitution solution, and an accelerator solution.
- the first components include a powdered growth permissive gel precursor and a reconstitution solution.
- the second components may include a pre filled syringe containing the growth permissive gel.
- the kit may further include a first form having a first configuration for receiving the growth inhibitory hydrogel, and a second form having a second, different configuration for receiving the growth permissive hydrogel.
- the concavity may have a surface having a hydrophobic characteristic.
- At least one of the growth permissive and growth inhibitory hydrogel may have a hydrophilic characteristic.
- the second form may comprise a biocompatible biodegradable sheet, which may have a thickness of less than about 60 microns or less than about 40 microns.
- kits for in situ formation of a hydrogel nerve cap may include a dual applicator system; a vial with powdered hydrogel precursor; a reconstitution solution; an accelerator solution; and at least one nerve cap form.
- the construct comprises a growth permissive hydrogel bridge having first and second ends and configured to span a space between two nerve ends and encourage nerve regrowth across the bridge; and a growth inhibiting hydrogel jacket encapsulating the growth permissive hydrogel bridge and configured to extend beyond the first and second ends to directly contact the two nerve ends.
- the form comprises a concave wall defining a cavity, the wall having a top opening for accessing the cavity, the top opening lying on a first plane and having an area that is less than the area of a second plane conforming to inside dimensions of the cavity and spaced apart into the cavity and parallel to the first plane; and a concave nerve guide carried by the wall and providing a side access to the cavity; wherein the concave wall has a hydrophobic characteristic.
- the form is configured to receive a second biodegradable form containing the nerve ends to be repaired.
- the form may facilitate nerve regrowth across a nerve to nerve junction.
- the form may facilitate the formation of a hydrogel to prevent nerve compression and scar tissue formation around the nerve.
- the form comprises a concave wall defining a cavity, the wall having a top opening for accessing the cavity, the top opening lying on a first plane and having an area that is less than the area of a second plane conforming to inside dimensions of the cavity and spaced apart into the cavity and parallel to the first plane; a first concave nerve guide carried by the wall and providing a first side access for positioning a first nerve end in the cavity; and a second concave nerve guide carried by the wall and providing a second side access for positioning a second nerve end in the cavity.
- compositions for an in situ forming growth inhibitory hydrogel exhibits compressive strength greater than 10 kDa for over 3 months; in vivo persistence for at least 3 months comprising less than 15% mass loss, and swelling of less than 30% for over 3 months. Degradation of the hydrogel may result in outward radial swelling of the hydrogel.
- the composition may comprise one or more of a poly(ethylene glycol) with a biodegradable amide or urethane bond; a poly(ethylene glycol) succinimidyl carbonate; a P2XR receptor antagonist; a P2X7 receptor antagonist.
- the P2X7 receptor antagonist may be Brilliant Blue FCF (BB FCF) or Brilliant Blue G (BBG).
- the composition may also contain one or more of a poly(ethylene glycol) with a biodegradable ester bond; a poly(ethylene glycol) succinimidyl adipate; a multi-arm PEG with arm lengths of between 1 and 10 kDa; and at least one multi-arm PEG with an arm length of 5 kDa.
- a composition for an in situ forming growth inhibitory hydrogel comprises a hydrogel which exhibits a compressive strength of greater than about 10 kPa; In vivo persistence for at least about 2 weeks; and initial swelling of greater than about 20% but less than about 100%
- Degradation of the hydrogel may result in outward radial swelling of the hydrogel with volumetric swelling less than about 160%. Degradation of the hydrogel may occur in less than about 16 weeks.
- the growth inhibitory hydrogel may be configured to encapsulate a growth permissive gel with a Young’s modulus of less than about 10 kPa and a viscosity greater than about 5,000 cP.
- the composition may include one or more of a poly(ethylene glycol) with a biodegradable ester bond; a poly(ethylene glycol) succinimidyl adipate; a multi-arm PEG with arm lengths of between 1 and 10 kDa; or at least one multi-arm PEG with an arm length of 5 kDa.
- an absorbable, formed in situ electrode anchor comprising a volume of hydrogel polymerized in situ around an electrode and configured to maintain the electrode in electrical communication with a nerve.
- the hydrogel may be electrically conductive.
- a formed in situ implant comprising a volume of hydrogel transformed in contact with a form from a relatively flowable state to a relatively non flowable state and removed from the form by a pull force of no more than about 5 N, wherein removal was facilitated by a hydrophilic characteristic of the hydrogel and a hydrophobic characteristic of the form.
- the formed in situ implant may comprise a nerve cap, a nerve conduit for guiding regeneration of a nerve, or a nerve wrap for preventing scar formation and tether of a nerve.
- Some embodiments as disclosed here have been demonstrated to prevent neuroma formation preclinically and 1) eliminate the need for suturing, dragging or stuffing of the nerve inside a conduit, 2) conform to the end of the nerve stump providing a physical barrier to nerve regeneration, and 3) provide mechanical strength to prevent nerve regeneration for a period of two months, preferably three months or more necessary to prevent nerve outgrowth during the growth regenerative phase after nerve injury.
- In situ forming implants described herein can be compliant with the surrounding tissue, adhere to but do not compress the underlying nerve tissue, are flexible such that they can move over regions of tissue involving joints or where nerves slide relative to other tissues and prevent scar tissue and adhesions forming around nerves. Finally, some of these in situ forming implants can be delivered without advanced surgical training.
- a suture-free technology that can direct nerve regeneration from a proximal nerve stump directly (via direct coaptation/anastomoses with distal nerve stump) or indirectly (through a nerve conduit, guidance channel, allograft, autograft), or through a growth-permissive matrix into the distal nerve stump is described.
- a technology that allows detensioning of the anastomoses site is described to promote better nerve regeneration.
- the tension By delivering the hydrogel circumferentially around the nerve, the tension can be distributed circumferentially and over a distance over the nerve to distribute the tension evenly across the nerve surface. In doing so, the tension is transferred to the hydrogel, not born at the focal points of the three or four sutures at the anastomoses site. As is done within conduits, by creating slack in the nerves (placing with a curve) prior to the delivery of the growth inhibitory hydrogel, additional detensioning can be achieved so that the tension at the anastomoses site is minimal. Lastly, in some aspects, a versatile technology that can be quickly and broadly applied to nerves to prevent inadvertent damage to adjacent nerves during a variety of surgical procedures is desirable.
- kits for in situ formation of an implant for guiding nerve regeneration between two nerve stumps includes first components for producing a first, growth permissive hydrogel; second components for producing a second, growth inhibitory hydrogel; at least one form having a concavity; a first applicator for delivering the growth permissive hydrogel into the cavity; and a second applicator for delivering the growth inhibitory hydrogel into the cavity.
- the first components may include a powdered growth permissive hydrogel precursor, a reconstitution solution, and an accelerator solution.
- the second components may include a powdered growth inhibiting hydrogel precursor, a reconstitution solution, and an accelerator solution.
- a first form having a first configuration for receiving the growth inhibitory hydrogel, and a second form having a second, different configuration for receiving the growth permissive hydrogel may also be provided.
- the concavity may have a surface having a hydrophobic characteristic. At least the growth permissive hydrogel may have a hydrophilic characteristic.
- kits for in situ formation of a hydrogel nerve cap comprises a dual applicator system; a vial with powdered hydrogel precursor; a reconstitution solution; an accelerator solution; and at least one nerve cap form.
- a formed in place nerve regeneration construct comprising a growth permissive hydrogel bridge having first and second ends and configured to span a space between two nerve ends and encourage nerve regrowth across the bridge; and a growth inhibiting hydrogel jacket encapsulating the growth permissive hydrogel bridge and configured to extend beyond the first and second ends to directly contact the two nerve ends.
- a form for creating an in situ nerve cap to inhibit neuroma formation comprising a concave wall defining a cavity, the wall having a top opening for accessing the cavity, the top opening lying on a first plane and having an area that is less than the area of a second plane conforming to inside dimensions of the cavity and spaced apart into the cavity and parallel to the first plane; and a concave nerve guide carried by the wall and providing a side access to the cavity.
- At least the surface of the concave wall may have a hydrophobic characteristic.
- a form for creating an in situ nerve conduit for facilitating regrowth across a nerve to nerve junction comprising a concave wall defining a cavity, the wall having a top opening for accessing the cavity, the top opening lying on a first plane and having an area that is less than the area of a second plane conforming to inside dimensions of the cavity and spaced apart into the cavity and parallel to the first plane; a first concave nerve guide carried by the wall and providing a first side access for positioning a first nerve end in the cavity; and a second concave nerve guide carried by the wall and providing a second side access for positioning a second nerve end in the cavity.
- compositions for an in situ forming growth inhibitory hydrogel having a compressive strength greater than 10 kDa for over 3 months; an in vivo persistence for at least 3 months comprising less than 15% mass loss; and swelling of less than 30% for over 3 months.
- the composition may comprise poly(ethylene glycol) succinimidyl carbonate.
- the hydrogel may contain contains a P2XR receptor antagonist and / or a P2X7 receptor antagonist.
- the P2X7 receptor antagonist may be Brilliant Blue FCF (BB FCF) or Brilliant Blue G (BBG).
- an absorbable, formed in situ electrode anchor comprising a volume of hydrogel polymerized in situ around an electrode and configured to maintain the electrode in electrical communication with a nerve.
- the hydrogel may be electrically conductive.
- a formed in situ implant comprising a volume of hydrogel transformed within a form cavity from a relatively flowable state to a relatively non flowable state and removed from the cavity by a pull force of no more than about 5 N, wherein removal was facilitated by a hydrophilic characteristic of the hydrogel and a hydrophobic characteristic of the cavity.
- the implant may be a nerve cap or a nerve conduit for guiding regeneration of a nerve.
- Some embodiments as disclosed here have been demonstrated to prevent neuroma formation preclinically and 1) eliminate the need for suturing, dragging or stuffing of the nerve inside a conduit, 2) conform to the end of the nerve stump providing a physical barrier to nerve regeneration, and 3) provide mechanical strength to prevent nerve regeneration for a period of two months, preferably three months or more necessary to prevent nerve outgrowth during the growth regenerative phase after nerve injury.
- In situ forming implants described herein can be compliant with the surrounding tissue, adhere to but do not compress the underlying nerve tissue, are flexible such that they can move over regions of tissue involving joints or where nerves slide relative to other tissues and prevent scar tissue and adhesions forming around nerves. Finally, some of these in situ forming implants can be delivered without advanced surgical training.
- a suture-free technology that can direct nerve regeneration from a proximal nerve stump directly (via direct coaptation/anastomoses with distal nerve stump) or indirectly (through a nerve conduit, guidance channel, allograft, autograft), or through a growth-permissive matrix into the distal nerve stump is described.
- a technology that allows detensioning of the anastomoses site is described to promote better nerve regeneration.
- the tension By delivering the hydrogel circumferentially around the nerve, the tension can be distributed circumferentially and over a distance over the nerve to distribute the tension evenly across the nerve surface. In doing so, the tension is transferred to the hydrogel, not born at the focal points of the three or four sutures at the anastomoses site. As is done within conduits, by creating slack in the nerves (placing with a curve) prior to the delivery of the growth inhibitory hydrogel, additional detensioning can be achieved so that the tension at the anastomoses site is minimal. Lastly, in some aspects, a versatile technology that can be quickly and broadly applied to nerves to prevent inadvertent damage to adjacent nerves during a variety of surgical procedures is desirable.
- Figure 1A is a perspective schematic view of a nerve end positioned within a form cavity. An entrance region that permits the nerve to be guided into the form.
- the length of the form provides a sufficient surface area over which the hydrogel to form and adhere to the nerve tissue.
- Figure 1B is a side elevational cross section through the construct of Figure 1A.
- Figure 1C is a top view of the construct of Figure 1A.
- Figure 1D is an end view of the construct of Figure 1A.
- Figure 1E is a cross-sectional view taken along the line 1E - 1E in Figure
- Figure 1F is a top view of another embodiment of the construct of Figure 1A.
- Figure 2 is a schematic illustration of a formed barrier formed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
- Figure 3A is a perspective view of a form, having a stabilizing feature.
- Figure 3B is a perspective view of a form for creating a wrap around a nerve or a growth permissive region in a gap between nerve ends.
- the wrap form may contain a growth permissive or growth inhibitory hydrogel.
- Figure 4A shows electrical stimulation of nerve ends across a growth permissive media in an open surgical procedure.
- Figure 4B shows anchoring of an electrode adjacent a nerve to deliver pain management stimulation in a percutaneous procedure.
- Figures 5A - 5M illustrate a series of steps for creating a growth permissive hydrogel junction encapsulated by a growth inhibitory hydrogel barrier.
- Figure 6 is a perspective view of a clamshell form.
- Figures 7- 10C illustrate embodiments of tools for transecting nerves and/or creating a hydrogel junction.
- Figures 11A-11 IE illustrate views of a form and methods of use.
- Figure 12 is a perspective view of a form with a stabilizing rod.
- Figures 13A-13D are perspective views of a cap form with a partial cover and an internal rod to support the nerve.
- Figures 14A-14C are perspective views of a cap form with a partial clamshell.
- Figures 15A-15C are perspective views of a tearable nerve cap form.
- Figures 16A-16E illustrate perspective views and photographs of in situ formed hydrogels (growth inhibitory and growth permissive) around nerves both in cap and wrap form.
- Figures 17A-17B illustrate preclinical data demonstrating the formation of neuroma after the delivery of hydrogels with adequate initial mechanical strength but inadequate in vivo persistence relative to hydrogels with longer duration mechanical strength and persistence.
- Figures 18A-18B illustrate a mixing element design to improve the consistency of the hydrogel when delivering low volumes of precursor solution.
- Figures 18 C and 18 D illustrate distal mixing tip configurations.
- Figure 18 E is a cross-section taken along the lines 18E-18E of Figure 18
- Figure 19 schematically illustrates a dual chamber syringe system.
- Figure 20 schematically illustrates a dual chamber syringe and mixer system.
- Some aspects of the present invention involve in situ formation of a protective barrier around an end of a nerve using injectable or surgically introduced media which may be a gel/hydrogel or gel precursors to block nerve regeneration and/or neuroma formation and inflammation and adhesion etc. around/in contact with nerves.
- injectable or surgically introduced media which may be a gel/hydrogel or gel precursors to block nerve regeneration and/or neuroma formation and inflammation and adhesion etc. around/in contact with nerves.
- Access may be by way of an open surgical approach or percutaneous (needle, endovascular/transvascular) approach.
- the nerve end or stump may be formed by transection (cutting), traumatic injury, or ablation through any of a variety of modalities including radiofrequency (RF), cryotherapy, ultrasound, chemical, thermal, microwave or others known in the art.
- RF radiofrequency
- the hydrogels may ‘adhere’ to the end of the nerves providing a snug, conforming, cushioning barrier around the end of a nerve as opposed to a cap with a void (inflammatory cells/fluid cysts present supporting neuroma formation).
- Hydrogels are transparent for visualization, low-swelling, compliant, and are delivered into a form to generate hydrogel caps with volumes 0.05 to 10 ml, preferably 0.1 to 5 ml, more preferably 0.1 to 2.8 ml.
- the barrier may inhibit neuroma formation purely through mechanical blocking of nerve regrowth.
- the media may additionally comprise any of a variety of drugs such as for inhibiting nerve regrowth as is discussed in further detail herein.
- Target nerves can vary widely in diameter with a spherical or non- spherical outside configuration, and the cut or severance angle and precision can also vary. While it can be appreciated that all nerves would benefit from this hydrogel technology, nerves approximately 0.2 mm to 15 mm, preferably 1 mm to 5 mm, more preferably 1 mm to 2 mm may be treated with this approach.
- capping is best accomplished by forming a soft, cushioning and conformable protective barrier in situ.
- a flowable media or media precursor(s) may be introduced to surround and conform to the configuration of the nerve end, and then be transformed into a non-flowable state to form a protective plug in close conformity with and bonded to the nerve end.
- the media may be introduced into a form into which the nerve end has previously or will be placed. Filling the media into a form allows the media to surround the nerve end and transform to a solid state while contained in a predetermined volume and configuration to consistently produce a protective, conforming nerve cap regardless of the diameter and configuration of the nerve stump.
- the form prevents the media from contacting the surgical site and creates a smooth shape around the nerve, permitting gliding of the nerve and the form in the surrounding tissue.
- FIGS 1A through 1D there is illustrated a nerve cap form 10.
- the form 10 extends between a proximal end 12, a distal end 14 and includes a side wall 16 extending there between. Sidewall 16 is concave to produce a form cavity 18 therein.
- the form cavity 18 is exposed to the outside of the form by way of a window 20.
- the proximal end 12 of the form 10 is provided with a nerve guide 22 to facilitate passage of the nerve 24 to position the nerve end 26 within the form cavity 18.
- the nerve guide 22 may comprise a window or opening in the proximal end wall 12 of the form 10, and is configured to support the nerve at a level that positions the nerve end 26 within the form cavity 18.
- the nerve guide 22 includes a support surface 28 on an upwardly concave housing to produce a nerve guide channel 30. See Figure 1D.
- Figure 1E is a cross-sectional view taken along the line 1E - 1E in Figure IB.
- the width of the window 20 in a circumferential direction is less than the inside diameter of the cavity. This results in a reentrant wall segment 29 on either side of the window 20, having an edge that lies on a plane 33 that is parallel to a central vertical (not shown) through the center of the window 20.
- the edge plane 33 is parallel to and spaced apart from a tangent 31 to the inside surface of the sidewall 16.
- the distance between the edge plane 33 and the tangent 31 is within the range of from about 2% to about 30%, generally within the range of from about 5% and about 20% of the inside diameter of the cavity.
- the nerve end 26 is positioned such that at least 1 mm and preferably 2 mm or more in any direction separate the nerve end 26 from the interior surface of the side wall of the form 10. This permits the media 27 to flow into the form cavity and surround the nerve end 26 to provide a protective barrier in all directions.
- a sufficient volume of hydrogel precursor will be introduced into the cavity to produce a continuous protective coating around the nerve end and at least about 1 mm or 2 mm or 5 mm or more of the nerve leading up to the end.
- the axial length of the cavity will be as much as 10 mm or 12 mm up to about 2 cm or less, and the ID width may be less than about 2.5 mm or 2 mm or less.
- the volume of flowable precursor is generally at least about 100 microliters or 200 microliters or more but no more than about 500 microliters for small nerves (e.g., nerves up to about a 4 mm diameter).
- Form cavities intended for larger nerves may receive at least about 1 ml or 1.5 ml but generally less than about 4 ml or 3 ml of flowable precursor.
- the precursor may be introduced into the cavity as two or three or more separate layers that adhere together to form the final cap.
- a first, base layer may be introduced into the cavity either before or after positioning the nerve in the cavity.
- a second layer may be introduced, to bond to the first layer and encapsulate the nerve and form the protective nerve cap.
- the first layer preferably will contact at least the lower surface of the nerve, and may partially enclose the nerve, with at least an upper portion of the surface of the nerve exposed.
- the second, top layer is applied in contact with the exposed portion of the nerve and the exposed surface of the top layer to encase the nerve and form the final cap construct.
- the nerve is completely or partially embedded in the precursor solution until it forms a gel. The mixer/blunt needle on the tip of the applicator is removed and a new mixer/blunt needle tip is attached so that additional material can be delivered in a second layer to cover the nerve.
- the inside surface of the cavity may be provided with one or more surface structures 35 for facilitating mixing and / or filling of the cavity.
- the surface structure 35 comprises a flow guide in the form of a radially inwardly extending projection for facilitating flow, such as a helical thread.
- the pitch and depth of the thread may be optimized with the viscosity of the flowable media, to facilitate filling and complete circumferential coverage of the nerve root as the flowable hydrogel precursor media is injected into the cavity.
- the form 10 may be left in place, or may be peeled away to leave behind a formed barrier 60 in the form of a plug as is schematically illustrated in Figure 2.
- At least one stabilizing feature 32 may be added. See Figure 3A.
- the stabilizing feature 32 maybe at least one or two or four or more ridges, flanges or feet which provide a transverse support surface 34 for contacting adjacent tissue and stabilizing the form against motion.
- the transverse support surface 34 may extend along or be parallel to a tangent to the sidewall of the form 10.
- a dual hydrogel construct with connectivity across the junction between two nerve ends achieved by creating a growth permissive hydrogel junction between the two opposing nerve ends, then encapsulating that junction with a growth inhibitory hydrogel capsule.
- the use of an in situ crosslinking hydrogel for the growth permissive media produces a junction with sufficient mechanical integrity and adhesiveness that it can be picked up as a unit as if it were an intact nerve and then placed in a second form to form the outer growth inhibitory hydrogel capsule.
- thermosensitive hydrogel in situ forming thermosensitive hydrogel
- the growth permissive hydrogel (such as a PEG-PCL-PEG triblock copolymer) is selected as a growth permissive hydrogel.
- the hydrogel formed in the junction is soft enough that nerves can grow through the hydrogel without hindrance but viscous enough to prevent the egress of the inhibitory hydrogel into the junction between the two nerves.
- the growth permissive biomaterial provides a temporary barrier to the egress of the growth inhibitory hydrogel, such as through the use of a viscous hyaluronic acid, pluronic, PEG, fibrin or collagen solution.
- the injectable growth permissive biomaterial is delivered into a bioabsoibable wrap form, such a wrap comprised of PEG-, pullulan-, pullulan-collagen, or HPMC-based dried sheet.
- a bioabsoibable wrap form such a wrap comprised of PEG-, pullulan-, pullulan-collagen, or HPMC-based dried sheet.
- These films can be cast into a cap or wrap shape and dried by solvent casting with organic or aqeous solvents and the films dried through evaporation at room temperature or in a lyophilizer.
- these material can be formed into cap-like shapes similar to the manufacturing process for pullulan or gelatin capsules (Capsugel Plantcaps) in which the biomaterial is melted, compressed and formed into the desired form.
- Plasticizers include sorbitol and glycerin.
- the films preferably swell minimally, less than 50% in thickness, after hydration.
- the thin-film bioerodible cap and wrap forms dissolve after 5 minutes into growth permissive molecules or polymers.
- the films remain in place and are cleared over one day to 6 months preferably one day to three months.
- the injectable growth permissive biomaterial is delivered in a more traditional wrap sheet form similar in size and form to that available commercially (Axoguard Nerve Protector), approximately 1 to 4 cm lengthwise and 0.5 cm to 4 cm wide (similar in thickness and size to the oral sheets Listerine POCKETPAKs).
- these form wraps approximately 2 mm in diameter by 40 mm long (2 mm, 3.5 mm, 5 mm, 7 mm, 10 mm and 20 mm to 40 mm long).
- the Wrap forms or Conduit forms containing a biodegradable biocompatible material may or may not be pre-assembled in the second larger wrap form.
- the biomaterial-wrap do not need to be handled and the physician can directly deliver the growth inhibitory biomaterial around the growth permissive material.
- the growth permissive biomaterial in a biocompatible biodegradable wrap, softer or lower viscosity solutions, gels, or slurries can be delivered in close apposition to the nerve without dripping away from the site.
- the growth inhibitory biomaterial is delivered into the second larger diameter Wrap form around the nerve (typically 1-4 mm in diameter larger than the wrap form diameter and, if the second Wrap form is not biodegradable, it can be removed and discarded.
- a form 10 includes a curved side wall 66 defining a form cavity 68.
- a first nerve guide 70 and a second nerve guide 72 are in communication with the cavity 68 and dimensioned and oriented to allow positioning first and second nerve ends into the cavity 68 in a position where they will face each other and become surrounded by flowable media introduced into the cavity 68.
- a first form 50 comprises an elongate side wall curved to form a concavity such as in the form of a half of a cylinder, having an inside diameter larger than the diameter of a target nerve.
- the form 50 has a first end 52, a second end 54 and an elongate channel 56 extending there between.
- the first nerve end 58 is positioned within the channel 56 from the first end 52.
- a second nerve end 60 extends into the channel 56 from the second end 54.
- the result is a form cavity 62 formed between the first and second nerve endings and the sidewall of the form 50.
- a transformable growth permissive hydrogel precursor is introduced into the form cavity 62 to adhere to the nerve ends and polymerize in situ to form a conductive bridge 64 between the first nerve end 58 and second nerve end 60 as shown in Figure 5B.
- the form 50 is removed as shown leaving a junction comprising the nerve ends connected by a conductive bridge 64 of polymerized growth permissive gel 62. See Figure 5C.
- the polymerized junction is placed within a second form 66 having a central chamber 68 separating first and second nerve supports 70, 72, such as that illustrated in Figure 3B.
- a second growth inhibitory hydrogel precursor is introduced into the central chamber 68 to surround and over form the conductive bridge 64 and nerve ends to produce a final construct in which the first growth permissive polymer bridge 62 is encapsulated by second, growth inhibitory polymer capsule 70. See Figure 5E.
- Either the nerve capping or nerve regeneration forms of some embodiments of the present invention can be provided in a clam shell configuration such as that illustrated in Figure 6.
- a first shell 80 defines a first cavity 82 and a second shell 84 defines a second, complementary cavity 86.
- the first and second shells are joined by a hinge 88 such as a flexible living hinge made from a thin polymeric membrane.
- the first and second shells 80, 84 can be rotated towards each other about the hinge 88 to form an enclosed chambered form.
- Figure 7 illustrates a perspective view of a clamping tool 700 configured to cut nerve tissue, as well as to house a form for forming a hydrogel nerve junction such as disclosed elsewhere herein, e.g., after transecting a nerve.
- the tool 700 can include a plurality of proximal movable grips 702, each connected to shafts 706 connected at pivot 704, and can have an unlocked configuration as shown, movable to a locked configuration utilizing a locking mechanism 705, such as a series of interlocking teeth.
- the distal ends 707 of the shafts 706 can include end effectors 708 that can include sidewalls 710 that can have a curved geometry as shown, and complementary cutting elements 712 operably connected to the curved sidewalls.
- a form 10 can be connected to the sidewall 710 after cutting the nerve.
- a form can include an integrally formed cutting element.
- the cutting element can be detached or otherwise removed after cutting, leaving the form in place.
- Figure 8 is a close-up view of an end effector 708 of Figure 7, also illustrating that the end effector 708 can also carry a form 10.
- Figure 9 is a side close-up view of the distal end of an embodiment of the tool, illustrating that each of the end effectors can include cutting elements and/or forms.
- FIGS 10A-10C illustrate various stages of a method of transecting a nerve while removing axoplasm from the nerve tip, to improve close apposition between the nerve end and the hydrogel.
- opposing end effectors 708 can include blades 712, which can be of equal or unequal length. Blades 712 on each end effector 708 can be generally opposing, but offset from each other as shown in some embodiments. Actuating the end effectors 708 can result in the blades transecting the nerve 24 creating a nerve end 26. The blades can be within a form as previously described.
- An absorbent material 780 such as a swab can be connected to one or more end effectors 708 (such as within a form, for example) and be proximate, such as directly adjacent one or more of the blades 712, in order to absorb any axoplasm after nerve transection.
- the tip of the swab can be, for example, less than 5 mm, more preferably less than 2 mm in order that it may fit comfortably within the form and hold the nerve while the hydrogel is delivered.
- a delivery needle 1102 is advanced into an opening 1104 of the cap form 1100 to deliver the hydrogel precursor in and around the nerve 1124. Opening 1104 may communicate with the cavity 18 through the sidewall at about the level of the support surface 28 or below, to facilitate introduction of media below the nerve to form a first layer on the underside and partially encapsulating the nerve. Also shown is nerve guide 1122 which can be as described elsewhere herein. See Figure 11 A.
- Hydrogel may be delivered in two or more successive applications, to partially (e.g. half) fill the form and form a hydrogel layer 1150 as shown in Figure 11B.
- a second volume of precursor can be introduced to completely fill the form as shown in Figure 11C and form a hydrogel cap encasing the nerve end after which the form is removed.
- Hydrogel may be delivered in a small bolus 1152 to surround the tip of the nerve as shown in Figure 1 ID and then the remainder of the cap is subsequently filled to form a hydrogel cap as shown in Figure 11E after which the form is removed.
- a multilayer (two or three or four or more) hydrogel cap may be formed to encapsulate the nerve end.
- a support rod 1215 is placed adjacent to and in contact with a section of the nerve 1224.
- the rod 1215 provides additional strength to the nerve 1224 and naturally adheres to the nerve 1224 such that, irrespective of the rod’s position, the nerve 1224 adheres to the rod 1215.
- the hydrogel solution is then delivered on or around the nerve 1224 and the biodegradable rod 1215 to form a reinforced nerve cap.
- the rod 1215 may be biodegradable.
- one, two, or more apertures 1310 are provided in the side of a cap or wrap form 1300 to guide the needle to deliver the precursor solution in the correct location.
- the hole 1310 may be in one of many locations around the form as is needed to deliver the precursor solution.
- a post 1330 may be included in the bottom of a cap or wrap form to provide additional support to the nerve. The nerve length is rested on top of the post 1330 while taking care that the tip of the nerve does not come in contact with the post 1330.
- the post 1330 may be integral to the cap or wrap form and may be subsequently removed when the form is removed. Alternatively, the post 1330 may comprise a biodegradable post that remains integral to the hydrogel cap.
- a first layer of hydrogel can be formed in the bottom of the cavity before introducing the nerve end into the cavity.
- the nerve end may then be positioned on top of the first, base layer.
- Precursor may then be introduced to encase the nerve and bond to the first, base layer.
- the first, base layer may be formed during the clinical procedure, or previously at the point of manufacture of the form.
- a cap form can include a partial lid 1320, shown in Figure 13A.
- the form is tilted such that the precursor material will flow to and fill the distal cap first, surrounding the proximal nerve stump end and then subsequently fill the rest of the nerve cap.
- the cap or wrap form can also include raised tabs 1333 to incline the longitudinal axis of the form. By slightly tilting the cap form, the spill of the precursor material from the nerve entrance zone can be minimized.
- Figures 14A-14C illustrates various views of an embodiment of a nerve cap form 1400 similar to that shown in Figures 13A-13D with a partial lid 1420 connected via a hinge 1428 with an insert 1440 to assist in centering the lid 1420 over the window on the cap form 1400. Also shown is nerve guide 1405, which can be as described elsewhere herein.
- FIGs 15A-15C illustrate various views of a tearable cap form 1500 that can include a peelable sheath 1560 including a sidewall 1561, into which the nerve is placed (nerve channel 1562).
- the precursor solution is delivered into and around a first nerve channel 1562 and the peelable sheeth 1560 is subsequently torn off the nerve 1524, such as using a tearable tab 1564 as shown in Figure 15A.
- the nerve hydrogel 1570 is then rotated approximately 90 degrees and placed in a second larger diameter peelable cap form 1501.
- the precursor solution is then applied into the nerve channel to surround the nerve and the first cap form.
- the peelable sheath is then torn off the second tearable cap form 1501.
- the resultant cylindrical cap form contains the centered nerve.
- the nerve 1524 can then be rotated back to the normal physiologic position, as shown in Figure 15B.
- Figure 15C illustrates an alternate tearable cap form design which can include a plurality of tabs.
- Figure 16A-16E illustrate hydrogel filling and surrounding a nerve in a cap form.
- Figure 16B illustrates a photograph of the hydrogel formed inside a cap form.
- Figure 16C illustrates a high resolution image of a cap.
- Figure 16D illustrates an example of a cap and wrap around the pig sciatic nerve.
- Hydrogels are cut in cross section in order to see the growth permissive (pink) hydrogel embedded within the growth inhibitory (blue) hydrogel, as shown in Figure 16E.
- Figure 17A illustrates neuroma formation after delivery of DuraSeal in a cap form around a transected rat sciatic nerve.
- Figure 17B illustrates the absence of neuroma formation after delivery of a formulation of the present invention around a transected rat sciatic nerve.
- the hydrogel cap maintains mechanical strength and in vivo persistence of at least about 3 months, more preferably about 6 months
- FIGS 18A-18B schematically illustrate an embodiment of a mixing element to mix a two-part hydrogel system.
- one static mixer 1800 delivers the hydrogel precursor solution into a central chamber, permitting the backflow and recirculation of the initial material coming out of the mixer.
- a second static mixer captures the well mixed solution and delivers it through the needle tip.
- the fluid entrance 1802 from a dual chamber applicator
- fluid exit 1804 to a blunt needle are also shown.
- FIG. 18A and 18B there is illustrated a mixer 1800 for mixing the two part precursor components of the gel of the present invention.
- the mixer at 1800 comprises a housing 1802 having an influent port 1804 and an effluent port 1806 in fluid communication via a flow path 1808.
- the influent port 1804 and effluent port 1806 may comprise luer connectors or other standard connection structures.
- Media introduced through the influent port 1804 follows flow path 1808 through at least a first static primary mixing column 1810.
- the mixing column 1810 includes a tubular housing 1812 and an internal column of mixing elements in the form of baffles 1814.
- Media exiting the first static mixing column 1810 enters a secondary mixing chamber 1816.
- the secondary mixing chamber 1816 causes media following the flow path 1808 to enter an optional second static mixing column 1818.
- Media exiting the second mixing column 1818 is directed out of the effluent port 1806.
- the total volume of delivered, mixed media will generally be less than about 5 ml, typically no more than about 2 ml and in some applications less than 1 ml.
- the first component to enter the primary mixing column 1810 will generally be the first to exit the primary mixing column 1810.
- the secondary mixing chamber 1816 functions to accomplish a different type of folding mixing, to blend the effluent from the primary mixing column 1810 with itself and achieve superior uniformity. Addition of a third mixing function by addition of the optional second static mixing column 1818 further ensures uniformity in the mixing of the hydrogel components for the first 0.5 ml. or 1 ml of hydrogel to exit the effluent port 1806.
- the mixing column 1810 preferably includes at least 4 mixing elements 1814 and generally includes between about 6 and 12 baffles 1814 and generally no more than about 32 baffles 1814.
- the baffles may have an outside diameter of no more than about 1/8 of an inch and in some implementations no more than about 1/16 or 1/32 of an inch.
- the length of the static primary mixing column 1010 is generally less than about 4 inches and typically less than about 2 inches or less than about 1.5 inches. In one implementation, the length is within the range of from about 0.4 to 1.0 inches, more particularly about 0.5 to 0.7 inches.
- the dispensing and mixing assembly 1830 comprises a housing 1832 enclosing a first chamber 1834 and a second chamber 1836 for containing and maintaining separate first and second components.
- the components begin to mix at amerger1838 of flow paths from the chambers, such as in response to advancing plungers (not illustrated) into the proximal ends of the first and second chambers.
- the combined media streams then advance through a primary mixing column
- a combined dual chamber dispenser and mixing assembly 1830 having a single primary mixing column 1810 and a secondary mixing chamber 1816.
- Media exiting the static mixing column 1810 follows a flow path 1808 through a secondary mixing chamber 1816, and eventually through an aperture 1820 and into an exit chamber 1822.
- a baffle 1824 may be provided to direct effluent from the static mixing column 1810 into the secondary mixing chamber 1816 which will substantially fill before exiting via the aperture 1820.
- FIG. 19 there is illustrated a dual component syringe for use with the mixer of Figure 18 A.
- the syringe comprises a housing 1842 enclosing a first chamber 1844 having a first plunger 1846, and a second chamber 1848 enclosing a second plunger 1850.
- the first and second plungers are connected via a bridge 1852, to prevent dispensing from either chamber ahead of the other.
- An adapter 1854 may be provided for removable coupling to the housing 1842 and to a first chamber 1858 and a second chamber 1864 removably coupled to the adapter 1854.
- the adapter comprises a first connector 1856 for removable connection to the first chamber 1858 which contains a first media 1860.
- a second connector 1862 may be removably coupled to a second container 1864 which may contain a second media 1866.
- Proximal retraction of the first and second plungers such as by manually retracting the bridge 1852 will draw first media 1860 and second media 1866 into their respective chambers on the syringe.
- Adapter 1854 be there after be disconnected from the housing 1842 and the dual chamber syringe then coupled to a mixer such as one of those disclosed herein.
- the dual component syringe 1840 is illustrated as filled with the first media 1860 and second media 1866.
- a connector 1805 may be provided on a distal end of the syringe 1840 for connection to the influent port 1804 on a mixer such as mixer 1800.
- Media expressed from the syringe follows the flow path 1808 as has been described, and eventually fully mixed first and second media blend may be expressed in via a needle 1868 into a mold as is described elsewhere herein.
- PNS Peripheral Nerve Stimulation
- percutaneous delivery With the advent of higher resolution handheld ultrasound and better training amongst interventional pain and orthopedic physicians, percutaneously delivered implantable neurostimulators are increasingly being used as an alternate method to treat chronic pain.
- the position of the electrode next to the nerve can be maintained by delivering approximately 0.1 to 3 cc of an electroconductive hydrogel to form around the electrode and maintain it in close apposition with the nerve.
- the electrode is placed at the desired location and then the in situ forming hydrogel is delivered to anchor its location.
- the hydrogel media can be delivered through the lumen of the catheter delivery system or the lumen of the electrode and will form in situ.
- the surface of the electrode can be designed such that the interface is rougher, permitting stronger intercalation between the hydrogel and the electrode to prevent lead migration.
- a coil or other screw like design is placed on the end of the electrode to provide better purchase between the electrode, the hydrogel, and the surrounding tissue.
- Suitable PEG hydrogels for these applications are based on multi-arm PEGS with faster degradation such as PEG-SS (PEG-succinimidyl succinate - NHS ester) or PEG-SG (PEG-succinimidyl glutarate - NHS ester).
- PEG-SS PEG-succinimidyl succinate - NHS ester
- PEG-SG PEG-succinimidyl glutarate - NHS ester
- PEG-SG PEG - succinimidyl glutarate- NHS ester
- PEG-SAP PEG - succinimidyl adipate- NHS ester
- PEG-SC succinimidyl carbonate- NHS ester
- PEG-SGA succinimidyl glutaramide- NHS ester
- PEG-NHS esters are blended and subsequently crosslinked with PEG-amines for improved flexibility over small molecule crosslinking systems, such as trilyine, for example.
- the neurostimulators are injectable wireless implants and takes the form of a pellet, rods, beads, a wrap a sheet or a cuff that are held in place with a hydrogel adjacent to a nerve, ganglia, or plexus.
- the hydrogel is delivered first to the target site and the neurostimulator is delivered into a hydrogel slurry.
- the neurostimulator implant(s) is delivered first, adjusted to the desired location and then the hydrogel is then delivered around it to secure it in the desired location.
- the neurostimulator implant location may be adjusted using an external magnet to orient the implant adjacent to or in contact with the nerve or neural tissue.
- the gelation time can be adjusted to provide sufficient time for the appropriate alignment of the neurostimulator, for example, 15 seconds to one minute gelation.
- a plurality of injectable microstimulator implants are injected into a degradable or non-degradable in situ forming hydrogel.
- microstimulators in the form of micro- or nanorods- are implanted in the growth permissive hydrogel between the two nerve stumps to promote neurite extension and accelerated regeneration. These microstimulators may deliver magnetic, chemical, or electric fields to stimulate nerve regeneration through the gel and potentially along the micro stimulator implants.
- the micro stimulators are nanofibers and can be injected through a low gauge needle or catheter to the nerve.
- short- or long-acting microstimulators can be delivered with an injectable biocompatible biomaterial such as a hydrogel to form a neurostimulator anisogel.
- the microstimulators are magnetic, allowing directional control of the micro stimulator implant and, for example, parallel alignment of the microimplants within the hydrogel prior to the gel forming from a precursor solution.
- These hydrogels would be injected around or in proximity to nerve bundles or tendrils and then the microstimulators may physically provide regions across which they can grow to and orient along as well as providing chemical, electrical, or magnetic field stimulation to support neurite outgrowth.
- FIG. 4A there is schematically illustrated a construct in accordance with the present invention for electrically stimulating nerve regrowth.
- a proximal nerve stump 100 and distal nerve stump 102 are positioned within a temporary form 104 such as a silicone wrap in a manner previously disclosed herein.
- a growth permissive gel 106 is introduced into the form, to span the gap between the proximal nerve stump 100 and distal nerve stump 102.
- An electrode assembly 108 having a probe or support 110 with at least one conductive surface 112 and, in a bipolar system, a second conductive surface 114, is positioned within the temporary form 104.
- An electrically conductive hydrogel 116 is introduced into the form 104 and solidified to support the nerve stumps and growth permissive gel, and retain the position of the electrode 108 with respect to the growth permissive gel 106.
- RF stimulation may be accomplished using any of a variety of microneedle electrodes, such as a stainless steel needle electrode (0.35 mm outer diameter, 12 mm length) connected to the negative wick (cathode) of a stimulator (Trio 300; Ito, Tokyo, Japan).
- Operating parameters may include low frequency stimulation, generally less than about 200 Hz and preferably in the range of from about 2 Hz to about .
- Current may be in the range of from about 1 to about 10 ma or more.
- Voltage may be about 3 V, with a square waveform having about 0.1 ms pulse intermittently. Duration may be from about one hour to 2 weeks, depending upon the desired clinical performance.
- the hydrogel may also be deposited in a similar manner around the electrode with the electrode in direct contact and/or adjacent to the nerve under direct visualization. Again, deposition of approximately 0.1 to 5 cc, preferably 0.2 to 2 cc, more preferably 0.5 to 1 cc of hydrogel is sufficient to maintain the electrode position relative to a nerve.
- he electrode can be inserted into a groove in the silicone form adjacent to and with the nerve prior to the delivery of the hydrogel. Forms can be envisioned that have a second entrance region for the electrode. In this manner, for example, the electrode can be aligned to run parallel to the nerve or in direct apposition to the nerve when the gel is applied.
- a shorter-term degradable hydrogel may be employed. This provides sufficient time for the hydrogel to remain in place while the therapy is delivered and then be rapidly cleared from the tissue.
- This would be the selection of crosslinked PEG hydrogels containing more reactive ester linkages such as PEG- SS or PEG-SAZ.
- These hydrogels are electrically conductive and thus suitable for applications involving neurostimulators.
- non electrically conductive polymers may also be employed to isolate the electrical signal from the surrounding tissue.
- the selection of low swelling formulation is critical to maintain apposition with the electrode; in one embodiment, the hydrogel swelling is less than 30%, more preferably less than 20% in order to maintain apposition with the nerve and the electrode.
- a support 110 carries conductors in electrical communication with at least a first conductive surface 112 and preferably at least a second conductive surface 114 for delivery of RF energy from an external energy source. Second or third or more pairs of electrically conductive surfaces may be provided.
- a volume of electrically conductive hydrogel 116 may be introduced into a form and solidified in situ in a manner previously discussed. The conductive hydrogel 116 encases the electrode and stabilizes the electrode with respect to an adjacent nerve 120 such that the electrode is in electrical communication with the nerve 120 through the conductive hydrogel 116.
- the electrode may be pinned between an in situ formed hydrogel anchor and the nerve 120, or by forming the conductive hydrogel anchor around both the nerve 120 and the adjacent electrode. Electrode may be configured to be proximately withdrawn from the electrically conductive hydrogel. Alternatively, the electrode may be withdrawn from the patient following absorption of the hydrogel.
- the electrical conductivity of PEG hydrogels can be enhanced by incorporating PSS in a PEG hydrogel matrix, resulting in the in situ formation of PEDOT to form a PEDOT:PSS loaded PEG hydrogel (Kim et al 2016. Highly conductive and hydrated PEG- based hydrogels for the potential application of a tissue engineering scaffold.
- metal nanoparticles and carbon-based materials can be delivered in the hydrogel, including gold, silver, platinum, iron oxide, zinc oxide, or polypyrrole (PPy), polyaniline (PANi), polythiophone (PT), PEDOT (above), or poly(p-phenylene vinylene) (PPV) as described in Min et al 2018. Incorporation of Conductive Materials into Hydrogels for Tissue Engineering Applications, Polymers, 10, 1078; doi: 10.3390/polyml0101078, incorporated herein.
- the in situ forming hydrogel can be used to secure a convection enhanced delivery system to the site.
- a drug delivery catheter can be secured approximately 10 mm proximal to an injury nerve site with the tip approximately 5 mm from the nerve injury.
- the silicone form can be designed to include an entrance zone or cut out of the top edge of the silicone form to permit the catheter or stimulator lead to rest in the form in preparation for addition of the hydrogel.
- the catheter or neurostimulator can be removed from the hydrogel without disrupting the protective barrier around the hydrogel.
- 9,386,990 teaches the use of DuraSeal to repair nerves with an in vivo persistence of two to four weeks, the hydrogel does not provide the sustained mechanical strength necessary to prevent neuroma formation or detension a nerve during regeneration, such as at 3 and 4 months after surgical repair.
- crosslinked multiarm PEGs containing rapidly degrading ester linkages such as PEG-SS or PEG-SG are suitable for applications to prevent the acute and subacute adhesion formation around nerve.
- low molecular weight linear PEGs have been demonstrated to act as a fusogen and promote nerve repair and regeneration when injected around injured nerves (but do not provide mechanical strength or persistence to prevent neuroma formation.
- PEG hydrogels such as PEG tetraacrylate hydrogels, have been used to rejoin nerves in preclinical models (Hubbell 2004/0195710).
- PEGs with ester bonds susceptible to hydrolysis do not contain degradable linkages necessary to support the required mechanical strength or in vivo persistence required for applications to prevent aberrant nerve outgrowth and neuroma formation.
- Commercially available PEG hydrogels, particularly conventional PEGs with a hydrolytic ester linkage do not have the suitable mechanical strength or in vivo persistence to prevent neuroma formation for three of four months until the nerve is repaired or neuroma prevention is achieved.
- PEGs and PEG gels may have sufficient mechanical strength initially to temporarily assist in the repair of nerves across an anastomoses and/or prevent adhesion formation, but the hydrogels do not have sufficient mechanical strength at two months, or more preferably three months post administration to prevent aberrant neuroma formation and therefore may not be suitable for a hydrogelcap.
- Figure 16 provides an example of the lack of durability of the DuraSeal hydrogel in preventing neuroma formation in a rat sciatic nerve transection model.
- the hydrogels containing ester linkages have either degraded sufficient that they no longer provide a barrier to nerve regeneration, have fallen off the nerve, or have been cleared entirely. As a result, the initial mechanical barrier was not sufficient to act as a long-term barrier to prevent nerve outgrowth and a neuroma was formed.
- mechanical offloading of the nerves is desirable.
- the nerves By designing the nerves to be covered by at least 8 mm, preferably a 10, 15 or 20 mm length of nerve, there is sufficient adhesion circumferentially that the tension is partially offloaded into the gel and better distributed.
- the hydrogel can support a regenerating nerve (wrap). Given a 10 mm or longer length of nerve stump (one or more nerve stumps), the nerve can be embedded in the hydrogel is a bend or an ‘S’ turn, such that the tenion on the nerve anastamoses is minimized.
- Some embodiments described here provide forms that separate the in situ formed hydrogel from the surrounding environment, preventing tethering between the nerve and the surrounding tissue and permitting the nerve to glide within the fascial tunnel. Gliding can be achieved through two mechanisms: 1) the lubriciousness and streamlined outside form of the hydrogel after formation in the Cap or Wrap form, or 2) by selecting a formulation with minimal equilibrium swelling for two to three weeks, utilizing a faster degrading PEG hydrogel, the hydrolysis of the hydrogel supports swelling of betwee 20 to 80% swelling, more preferably 40 to 70%.
- the second phase of swelling permits the gliding of the damaged nerve through the inner lumen of the hydrogel (lumen expands as the swelling of the hydrogel translates to an outward swell) after negligible equilibrium swelling to prevent inflammatory response at the time of the surgery and acutely post-operatively.
- Nerve blocking In order to block nerve regeneration, the in situ forming biomaterial needs to have the physical properties to prevent nerves from migrating into the biomaterial including negative or neutral charge, smaller pore size, hydrophillicity and/or higher crosslinking density. Although most studies are focused on materials through which nerves regenerate, several studies have documented the biomaterials through which nerves will not grow, including poly(ethylene glycol)-based hydrogels, agarose- and alginate-based hydrogels, particularly at higher concentrations of the polymers. Higher concentrations typically have higher crosslinking density and thus smaller pore size.
- hydrogels can be employed for their ability to prevent neurite outgrowth in vitro and in vivo by virtue of their charge, inert surface, hydrophilicity, and pore size.
- agarose at a concentration of example 1.25% wt/vol, can be selected to prevent nerve regeneration.
- PEG hydrogels can prevent neuroma formation at 4% w/v and higher, preferably 6 to 9 % w/v, more preferably 8 % w/v or higher.
- even positively charged or natural in situ forming biomaterials can provide a barrier to nerve regeneration if the solid content and crosslinking density are such that the pores are too small for cellular ingrowth.
- the in situ forming biomaterial needs to provide the requisite mechanical strength to act as a barrier to nerve regeneration for two months, more preferably three months or more.
- Many in situ forming gels including commercial in situ forming PEG hydrogels with biodegradable ester linkages, may have sufficient mechanical strength initially but hydrolyze at such a rate that their crosslinking density is lost sufficient that their mechanical strength at 1 to 2 months is not sufficient to prevent neuroma formation (See Table 1).
- In vivo experiments in a rat sciatic nerve model demonstrated the formation of bulbous neuromas at between one and three months after delivery of these hydrogels around the end of a transected nerve stump, comparable to nerve transection alone.
- Preclinical testing has demonstrated that a mechanical strength of at least 5 kPa, preferably 10 kPa, more preferably 20 kPa or more is necessary to prevent neuroma formation.
- these hydrogels have been full degraded and cleared from the site or have lost their mechanical integrity sufficient that the nerve has grown out into the soft, collapsed and/or fractured gels and formed a neuroma.
- PEG hydrogels for the purposes of nerve repair, not all PEG hydrogels are suitable to support the long-term mechanical strength and persistence requirements necessitated to prevent neuroma formation and aberrant nerve outgrowth.
- the barrier has an in vivo persistence of at least about two month or at least about three months, preferably four months, more preferably 6 months or to reduce or prevent neuroma formation and reduce chronic neuropathic pain after surgery.
- the mechanical integrity of the hydrogels at various points in vitro and in vivo can be assessed through compression testing, described further below.
- the in vivo persistence of biodegradable hydrogels is related to the crosslinking density and thus the mechanical integrity of the hydrogel.
- the hydrogel degradation must be sufficiently slow that the hydrogel does not lose significant structural integrity during the weeks to months during which the nerves are attempting to regenerate, which occurs over approximately 3 months and may be 6 months or more in humans.
- the persistence of the hydrogel and the persistence of the mechanical integrity of the hydrogel is critical to providing ongoing protection and padding from neuroma and aberrant nerve outgrowth preferably for 3 months or more, preferably 4 months or more.
- the mechanical strength must be maintained for longer than 2 months, preferably 3 months and thus there must be no substantial degradation of the hydrogel for this period of time, preferably 3 months or more.
- the persistence of the mechanical integrity and, in turn, the hydrogel is critical to the ongoing offloading provided by the hydrogel around the nerve-nerve or nerve-graft interface for a period of preferably 2 months, more preferably 3 months as even nerves that have been directly sutured to one another through direct coaptation still have not regained their original strength (nerves have approximately 60% of original strength at 3 months after a transection).
- Some embodiments focus on in situ forming polymers, preferably multi-arm PEGs including combinations of PEG-NHS -esters and PEG-amines with biodegradable linkages, with the requisite mechanical strength and persistence to prevent neuroma formation.
- the swelling, mechanical strength and in vivo persistence of PEG hydrogels are described to permit the long-term safety and efficacy in applications requiring the long-term prevention of aberrant nerve outgrowth and the ability to detension and offload nerves over a period of months after the surgical repair.
- FIG. 16A illustrates the formation of a neuroma after the delivery of DuraSeal.
- In vivo persistence refers to the absence of significant absorption of the biomaterial, such as less than 25% resorption, preferably less than 15% at a given time point. Depending on the biomaterial, this can be assessed by mass loss, loss of cross-linking density, or change in the form of the biomaterial. Active bonds that have more extended degradation in vivo such as the PEG-ureas (e.g. PEG isocyanate, PEG-NCO), PEG-urethanes (PEG-succinimidyl carbonate) (PEG-SC) and PEG-carbamate.
- PEG-ureas e.g. PEG isocyanate, PEG-NCO
- PEG-urethanes PEG-succinimidyl carbonate
- PEG-carbamate PEG-carbamate
- Hydrogels comprised of polyethylene glycol succinimidyl carbonates (PEG-SCs) with more than 2 arms, such as the 4-arm, 6-arm, or 8-arm PEGs with molecular weights ranging from IK to 50K, preferably 10K to 20K, such as 10K, 15K or 20 kDa are preferable for the Cap or nerve repairs in which a longer in vivo persistence of the hydrogel is preferable.
- PEG-SCs polyethylene glycol succinimidyl carbonates
- the 4-arm 10K PEG-SC, 4-arm 20K PEG-SC, 8-arm 10K PEG-SC, 8-arm 15K PEG-SC, or 8-arm 20K PEG-SC are selected, more preferably 4-arm 10K PEG-SC or 8-arm 20K PEG-SC to blend with 8-arm 20K amine or 4-arm 10K amine.
- the following patent is incorporated for reference 20160331738A1.
- the 8-arm 20K PEG-SG or 8-arm 15K PEG-SAP combined with blends of 8-arm 40K amine or 8-arm 20 K amine are preferable for providing structural support while the nerve regenerates and/or to prevent nerve compression and scar tissue formation in the acute and subchronic period and then subsequently degrading and being cleared from the site.
- growth inhibitory PEG hydrogels with shorter in vivo degradation profiles are preferable.
- the hydrogel should provide sufficient mechanical strength to prevent aberrant nerve outgrowth and prevent immune infiltration into the healing nerve. PEGs suitable for these
- the desired compressive strength (elastic modulus, Young’s modulus) of the growth inhibitory hydrogel is greater than 10 kPa, preferably greater than 20 kPa, preferably greater than 30 kPa. In the preferred embodiment, the compressive strength of the is greater than 20 kPa after 3 months in vivo, more preferably 40 kPa at 3 months after administration.
- a cleavable carbamate, carbonate, or amide linker in a biodegradable hydrogel permits a more stable slowly degrading bond to maintain the requisite mechanical strength to prevent nerve outgrowth for three months or more and, with this, the in vivo persistence to provide the sustained mechanical barrier to nerve regeneration.
- the structure of multi-armed PEGs are [0242] C - [(PEG) n -M-L-F] m [0243] where
- n repeating units of PEG on each arm (25 to 60 units)
- L cleavable or noncleavable linker (ester, urethane, amide, urea, carbamate, carbonate, thiourea, thioester, disulfide, hydrazone, oxime, imine, amidine, triazole and thiol/maleimide).
- F reactive functional group for covalent crosslinking, e.g. maleimide, thiol or protected thiol, alcohols, acrylates, acrylamides, amines, protected amines, carboxylic acids or protected carboxylic acids, azides, alkynes, 1,3-dienes, furans, alpha- halocarbonyls, and N-hydroxysuccinimidyl, N-hydroxysulfosuccinimidyl, or nitrophenyl esters or carbonates
- m number of PEG arms (e.g. 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10)
- hydrolysis modifiers (M) can be incorporated into the backbone of the hydrogels to slow the hydrolytic degradation of the ester bonds (L) in the hydrogel. This can be accomplished with electron donating groups which regard the reaction or by increasing the length of the carbon chain adjacent to the ester bond in order to increase the hydrophobicity and shield the bond from hydrolysis.
- PEG-SAP, PEG-SAZ are examples of PEG-ester bonds with longer carbon chains than PEG-SG.
- an aromatic group is placed next to the ester group to provide additional stability of the ester bond against hydrolysis, such as a PEG-aromatic carboxyl ester, including a benzoic acid ester or a substituted benzoic acid ester.
- a more stable or slowly degrading bond such as a urethane bond or amide bond may be selected to provide the requisite mechanical strength and in vivo persistence to prevent the neuroma from forming.
- hydrolysis modifiers (M) can be designed in the backbone of the hydrogels to increase the hydrolytic degradation of urethane in the hydrogel. This can be accomplished with the addition of electron withdrawing groups which accelerate the reactions.
- the hydrolysis rate of carbamate bond can be modulated by the adjacent groups, thus modulating the persistence of hydrogel in vivo.
- R1 and R3 can be any aliphatic hydrocarbon group (-CH2-, -CHR-, -CRR’-), substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic groups and substituted aromatic group in any arranged forms.
- the aromatic group includes but not limit to phenyl, biphenyl, polycyclic aryls and heterocyclic aryls.
- substitution moiety for aliphatic and aromatic group include but not limit to halogen, alkyl, aryl, substituted alkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, alkenylalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, amine, phenol ester, amide, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, aldehyde, carboxyl, nitro and cyanide.
- R2 can be H and any group in R1 and R3.
- R1 can include isocyanate, aromatic isocyanate, diisocyanate (e.g. LDI).
- R3 can be Anilide and in another embodiment R1 can be phenyl.
- the hydrolysis rate of carbamate bond can be modulated by the modulator at the beta position.
- the modulator can be CF 3 PhSO 2 -, ClPhSO 2 -, PhSO 2 -, Me n PhSO 2 -, MeOPhSO 2 -, MeSO 2 -, O(CH 2 CH 2 )NSO 2 -, CN-, (Et) 2 NSO 2 -.
- these modifiers can be adapted for use in PEG hydrogels containing amide, carbonate and urea linkages. Additional modifiers that affect the hydrolysis rate of the carbamate linkage are described in 7,060,259, incorporated for reference herein.
- a soft chain extender is added, such as an amino acid-peptide based chain extender with ester linkages.
- poly (DL, lactide) is a chain extender or poly(caprolactone) to extend the PEG chain and add a soft segment.
- the molecular weight of the chain extender may be 0.5 kDa to 5 kDa, preferably 1 to 2 kDa, more preferably 2 kDa.
- the soft segments can provide additional properties to enhance the physical properties of the hydrogel including the thermosensitivity, crystallinity, potential resulting in physical in addition to chemical crosslinking.
- hydrogels may be comprised of, for example, PEGs with molecular weight between 1,000 Da and 50 kDa including multi-arm PEG-succinimidyl carbonate (4-arm or 8-arm) with molecular weights of 5 to 40 kDa and arm lengths between 1 and 3 kDa, and PEG-amine (4- arm or 8-arm) with molecular weights between 5 to 40 kDa, preferably 10 or 20 kDa.
- PEG-SC (4-arm 10K) is crosslinked with PEG-amine (8-arm 20k).
- the solid content of PEG is between 6 and 10 wt%, more preferably 8 wt%.
- PEG-SC 8-arm 15K
- PEG-SC (4-arm 20K) is crosslinked with trilysine amine. Examples of other in situ forming PEG-SC formulations are described in 6,413,507, incorporated herein for reference.
- a 4-arm PEG succinimidyl glutaramide 4-arm 10K (PEG- SGA) may used in combination with 8-arm PEG-amine 20K at 8% solid content.
- the functionalized PEG urethanes and esters may be covalently crosslinked with another reactive polymer or small molecule (e.g. trilysine) containing amines or protected amines, maleimides, thiols or protected thiols, acrylates, acrylamides, carboxylic acids or protected carboxylic acids, azides, alkynes including cycloalkynes, 1-3 dienes and furans, alpha-hydroxycarbonyls, and N-hydroxy succinimidyl, N-hydroxysulfosuccinimidyl, or nitrophenyl esters or carbonates.
- another reactive polymer or small molecule e.g. trilysine
- blends of faster degrading PEG-esters and slower degrading PEG-SGA or PEG-SC with ratios of 10:1 or 5:1 may permit slowing of the in vivo degradation profile without appreciable loss of mechanical strength during the initial period of nerve regeneration.
- blends of multi-arm PEG-SC and PEG-amine that crosslink to form carbamate bonds and PEG-carbonate ester bonds (delayed reaction of PEG- SC and with hydroxyl functional groups) to form blended 60:40 hydrogels (Kelmansky et al (2017) In Situ Dual Cross-Linking of Neat Biogel With Controlled Mechanical and Delivery Properties. Molecular Pharmaceutics, 14(10) 3609-3616.
- multi-arm PEGs can be combined with blocks of other hydrolytically degradable polymers that can be used to tailor the degradation time of the PEG hydrogels.
- soft segments with diblock with polyester or triblocks can be synthesized with low molecular weight polyester regions to permit the hydrogel to be formed in an aqueous environment (polycaprolactone, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, polyurethane, polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHA), poly(ethylene adipate) (PEA), alipathic diisocyanates such as isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI) or L-lysine ethyl ester diisocyanate (LDI)).
- IPDI isophorone diisocyanate
- These blocks can be comprised of lactide, glycolide, or caprolactone regions can, depending on the degree of crystallinity (D,L or L,L) be used to provide additional mechanical strength to the hydrogels permit tuning of the degradation profile.
- a block of caprolactone can be added to a multi-arm PEG which each arm comprising a PEG- PCL-NHS ester.
- the PCL domain may extend the degradation of a previously poor in vivo persistent multi-arm PEG with hydrolytic ester linkages.
- a PCL block of between 1 and 5 kDa, preferably 1 to 2 kDa is added on the PEG arm.
- a 4-arm 28K PEG-PCL-NHS ester may react with an 4-arm 10K PEG-amine to form a crosslinked hydrogel in situ, where the PEG is a 2K block.
- the addition of the block renders the hydrogel in situ forming both through chemical and physical crosslinking.
- Amino acids can also be incorporated as chain extenders in the PEG-SC to improve the degradation of the PEG-urethane.
- low molecular weight trifunctional polyester polyols are selected for incorporation.
- figure 1 Please refer to figure 1 - common monomers used for synthesis of biostable and biodegradable polyurethanes, incorporated herein for reference (Chapter: Degradation of Polyurethanes for Cardiovascular Applications, Book: Advances in Biomaterials Science and Biomedical Applications).
- heterobifunctional crosslinkers are used to enable polyesters to be conjugated to some arms and NHS esters or other functional group with other arms.
- excipients may be incorporated into the hydrogels to modify the mechanical strength, density, surface tension, flowability, and in vivo persistence of the hydrogels. These modifiers are encapsulated in the hydrogel when the hydrogel is formed. Modifiers may include amphiphilic excipients such as vitamin E TPGS, low molecular weight polyesters such a caprolactone or solvents such as ethanol. In one embodiment, ethanol is incorporated in the diluent or accelerator solutions to yield a 5% to 70% v/v ethanol loaded hydrogel. The ethanol improves the elasticity of the hydrogel and reduces the density of the hydrogel precursor solution relative to the nerve density.
- low concentrations of ethanol may be incorporated in the hydrogel to improve the pot or functional life of the PEG/diluent solution after PEG powder suspension.
- Pluronic may be incorporated in diluent or accelerator solution to yield a 5 to 15% w/v to yield a PEG-SG hydrogel with improved elasticity and in vivo persistence.
- low molecular caprolactone is incorporated into diluent solutions to yield a 1 to 5% w/v PEG/caprolactone blended hydrogel.
- vitamin TPGS can be incorporated into the diluent solution to yield a 5 to 20% w/v of PEG/vitamin E TPGS blend.
- Swelling Another critical element of these hydrogels is the swelling of the hydrogels for applications around nerves.
- the hydrogels when delivered circumferentially around an object such as a nerve, undergo positive swelling in an outward radial direction. Initially, the hydrogels undergo equilibrium-mediated swelling as they equilibrate with the fluids in the surrounding environment, and, later, when a critical number of hydrolytic bonds have broken, the hydrogels swell as a result of loss of mechanical strength. This latter phase of degradation-mediated swelling results in the progressive loss of mechanical strength and hydrogel softening that the hydrogel collapses and is ultimately cleared from the site.
- hydrogels that shrink as these hydrogels may compress the nerve and result in aberrant nerve firing and therefore it is preferable to use hydrogels that swell greater than 0%.
- the nerve may swell after injury, and so some swelling is desirable to permit some space for the nerve to swell.
- Equilibrium swelling may be preferably assessed in vitro at body temperature conditions (37 °C in PBS). Hydrogel samples were prepared in cylindrical silicone tubing (6 mm) and cut to dimensions of 6 mm diameter by 12 mm length. Samples were weighed and merged into PBS at 37 °C. After swelling in PBS for 12 to 24 hours at 37°C, samples were taken out and weighted again. The swelling is calculated by the percentage of mass increase.
- Degradation swelling A secondary characteristic in biodegradable or bioerodible hydrogels, after the initial equilibrium swelling, is an appreciation for a second ongoing phase of swelling that occurs as a result of the degradation of the hydrogel.
- the swelling may occur through the hydrolytic, enzymatic, or oxidatively- sensitive bonds in the hydrogel. This is an equally important characteristic because the hydrogel needs to remain on the nerve for a period of one month or more, more preferably two months or more, more preferably three months. In an animal model, the period of time is shorter and in the clinical setting this period is longer. In some instances, if the degradation rate is too rapid, the hydrogel may fracture and fall off the nerve or be cleared before the hydrogel can serve the function to prevent nerve outgrowth and/or neuroma prevention.
- a biodegradable system have no more than 50% of the hydrolytically labile linkages cleaved at 3 months, more preferably no more than 30% of the linkages, and even more preferably no more than 20% of the linkages. After the period of time in which the hydrogel provides a mechanical barrier to nerve regeneration, the crosslinking density can drop and the degradation can continue until the hydrogel is entirely cleared. The loss of bonds can be evaluated in part through the reduction in the mechanical integrity of the hydrogel.
- the loss of bonds can be evaluated in part through the reduction in the mechanical integrity of the hydrogel.
- the hydrogel maintain a compression modulus of 40 kPa at 3 months post-delivery, this hydrogel is sufficiently stiff that nerves will not grow through.
- Hydrogels with approximately 0% or negative swelling resulted in high and sustained increases in the pressure (> 80 mmHg) exerted on the embedded nerve whereas hydrogels that swelled 10% or more did not result in any significant increases in pressure ( ⁇ 20 mmHg).
- the pressure reading after equilibrium swelling is around 5 mmHg
- pressure at the site of nerve damage may be between 5 and 15 mmHg (Khaing et al 2015 - Injectable Hydrogels for Spinal Cord Repair).
- G linear compressive modulus
- G’ storage modulus
- G* shear modulus
- the stiffness of the hydrogels, as measured through the linear compressive modulus (G) is greater than 10 kPa, preferably greater than 30 kPa, more preferably greater than 50 kPa. The stiffness prevents nerve outgrowth into the surrounding hydrogel.
- the hydrogels Another critical parameter of these in situ forming polymers is the ability of the hydrogels to bend and flex at physiologically relevant angles in the body.
- the hydrogels were formed inside 0.1 to 0.25” inner diameter silicone tubing to form 12 to 24” long cylindrical hydrogel cables.
- the hydrogels have sufficient flexibility to bend greater than 90° and more preferably cylindrical strands of hydrogel can be readily be tied into a knot. Since the flexibility and elasticity is determined, in part, by the distance between the core of one multi-arm PEG to the core of the adjacent multi-arm PEG, PEG hydrogels with core-to-core distances of 3 kDa, more preferably 5 kDa or more.
- the flowable media is a low viscosity hydrogel precursor solution, having a viscosity of no more than about 100cP and in some embodiments no more than about 20cP or no more than about 5 cP.
- the flowable media is a medium viscosity hydrogel precursor solution, having a viscosity preferably 300 to 10kcP, more preferably 300 to 900 cP.
- a viscosity enhancer/modifier or thickening agent can be added to the gel precursor to modify the fluidic properties and help to positioning the nerve in the cap before gelling.
- the viscosity modifier can be natural hydrocolloids, semisynthetic hydrocolloids, synthetic hydrocolloids and clays.
- Natural hydrocolloids include but not limited to Acacia, Tragacanth, Alginic acid, Alginate, Karaya, Guar gum, Locust bean gum, Carrageenan, Gelatin, Collagen, Hyaluronic acid, Dextran, Starch, Xanthan gum, Galactomannans, Konjac Mannan, Gum tragacanth, Chitosan, Gellan gum, Methoxyl pectin, Agar, Gum arabic, Dammar gum.
- Semisynthetic hydrocolloids include but not limited to Methylcellulose, Carboxymethylcellulose, Ethyl cellulose, Hydroxy ethyl cellulose, Hydroxy propyl methyl cellulose (HPMC, 0.3%), Modified starches, Propylene glycol alginate.
- Synthetic hydrocolloids include but not limited to Polyethylene glycol, Polyacrylic acid, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyglycerol, Polyglycerol polyricinoleate.
- Clays include but not limited to Magnesium aluminum silicate (Veegum), Bentonite, Attapulgite.
- viscosity can be modified by pre-crosslinking PEG-amine and PEG- urethane.
- PEG-amine and PEG-urethane can pre-crosslinked at a ratio from 10000:1 to 1:10000 at total PEG concentration of 0.01% to 100%.
- the pre-crosslinking can be further cross-linked by itself, or with PEG-amine, or with PEG-urethane, or with PEG-amine and PEG-urehtane to form a higher viscosity precursor solution.
- Density of precursor solution Nerve tissue, as a result of the myelin and adipose tissue, is hydrophobic and thus has a tendency to float in solutions with density approximating that of water ( ⁇ 1g/cm 3 ).
- the nerve position can be adjusted to reduce the propensity of smaller diameter nerves to float up in the precursor solution without sacrificing adhesion strength that comes with increasing precursor viscosity.
- the density of the precursor solution or media solution is decreased so that the nerve is relatively more dense than the solution to ⁇ 1 g/cm 3 , preferably ⁇ 0.9 g/cm3.
- the density of the precursor solution is adjusted to be approximately equivalent to that of the nerve.
- Polar and less dense solvents can be added including ethanol (10 to 70%), toluene (10%), ethyl acetate or chlorobenzene to reduce the density of the precursor solution.
- vitamin E TPGS 1-2 kDa, 10-20%) can be added to reduce the propensity of the nerve to float up. Some of these solvents also reduce the surface tension of the precursor solution, causing the nerve to sink.
- the clinician may elect to transect the nerve at a 90 degree or, alternatively, a 45 degree angle.
- the clinician may elect to use other methods such as electrocautery of the nerve end, ligation of the nerve stump, apply low molecular weight end-capped PEG (e.g. 1-5 kDa, 50 w/v % hypotonic solution) or other approaches that they have developed to seal or ablate the end of the nerve.
- low molecular weight end-capped PEG e.g. 1-5 kDa, 50 w/v % hypotonic solution
- the clinician may elect to employ a PEG fusion protocol as described in US 10,398,438 or 10,136,894 to the nerve prior to application of the in situ forming hydrogel.
- PEG fusion approaches can be used to either fuse nerves, as is desrible to seal nerve ends after transection for prevention of neuroma. They may also be employed to seal nerves together, such as the proximal and distal stump in close apposition for improving outcomes in nerve regeneration.
- the nerve ends may be optimally sealed to improve neuronal survival, or, in the case of nerve regeneration, nerve outgrowth.
- Kits containing both the PEG fusion component solutions described in the above patents and incorporated herein for reference in their entirety may be combined with the in situ forming hydrogel kits.
- Axoplasm As axoplasm, a viscous and sticky material that oozes from the end of the cut nerve after transection, may reduce close apposition between the nerve end and the hydrogel, it may be desirable to remove it from the nerve tip. This can be accomplished through the contact between the nerve and an absorbent material, such as a swab.
- An absorbable swab may be provided in order to absorb any of the axoplasm after nerve transection.
- the tip of the swab is preferably less than 5 mm, more preferably less than 2 mm in order that it may fit comfortably within the form and hold the nerve while the hydrogel is delivered.
- the swab may be provided as part of the kit.
- this can be accomplished by contacting the nerve tip with the surrounding tissue, which results in the rapid formation of an adhesion between the nerve and the tissue that must then be secondarily severed.
- the tip of the nerve can be washed with a Ca2+ free solution to wash away excess axoplasm and growth factors prior to delivery of the in situ forming hydrogel around the nerve.
- the low molecular weight biomembrane fusion agent may be delivered in the in situ forming hydrogel to the nerve to seal the membranes in concert with the delivery of PEG hydrogel.
- the hydrogel itself preferably extends at least 0.5 mm, preferably 1 mm to 20 mm, preferably 2 mm to 10 mm beyond the end of the proximal nerve stump.
- Length coverage It is preferable that a minimum of 10 mm of nerve be embedded/encapsulated in the hydrogel although, in some instances, 5 mm may be sufficient.
- a greater length of nerve embedded in the hydrogel accomplishes several things a) increased surface area of apposition between the nerve and the hydrogel and b) decreased likelihood of proximal sprouting from nodes of Ranvier proximal to the transection as these proximal nodes are embedded in hydrogel.
- the greater the length of nerve encapsulated the higher the likelihood that even the regions that were damaged through handling with forceps, previous trauma, etc. are embedded in the hydrogel, thereby preventing sprouting of nerve fibers.
- the nerve is elevated slightly to allow a form to be placed underneath the nerve. In one embodiment, the nerve is then gently lowered into a channel or entry zone to align the nerve in the center of the form. See, e.g. Figures 1A and IB. The form, once the desirable position is reached, is left in place.
- the clinician While holding the nerve tip in one hand in the center of the form, the clinician then delivers the in situ forming hydrogel using the other hand to fill the form and retain the nerve in the center of the form.
- the top of the silicone form serves as a guide for when to stop filling the form.
- the swab/forcep is removed so that the nerve is retained within the hydrogel and not the tool. In this manner, there is no direct path for a nerve to regenerate through the surrounding tissue and the nerve is completely surrounded by the hydrogel.
- a post is added in cap form to adhere the nerve to the cap form prior to the application of the hydrogel. The post is flexible and can be removed after hydrogel formation.
- the post is constructed of a bioresorbable polymer that is left in place after deliver of the hydrogel and detaches from the cap form after formation of the hydrogel inside the cap form. Thus, this post remains embedded in the hydrogel cap that remains in situ.
- the post is comprised of the same material that the hydrogel cap is made out of. This permits the similar or identical swelling behavior as the hydrogel cap which has formed around the post and the nerve.
- the post is comprised of a low molecular weight PEG, permitting the post to be cleared more quickly than the hydrogel cap.
- the post may be formed from a PEG solution lyophilized in place inside a cap form.
- the post is set back 2-3 mm from the tip of the transected nerve so that regenerating nerves do now grow back retrogradely and exit through the void created by the post.
- Gel thickness Preventing nerve regeneration requires providing a conformable barrier at the proximal end of a transected nerve.
- the hydrogel also preferably surrounds the nerve with a thickness of 100 ⁇ m to 5 mm radially.
- the hydrogel precursor solution is dripped over the nerve to form a thin protective coating approximately 100 microns to 2 mm in thickness circumferentially around the proximal nerve stump and remain in the place to block neurite outgrowth.
- a thin coating is sufficient to provide a barrier to nerve regeneration and thus in some embodiments, the nerve is dip- coated in the flowable media and the hydrogel subsequently forms in a thin layer around the nerve.
- the hydrogel gelation time is adjusted to 10 to 20 seconds to permit the removal of the coated nerve prior to the conversion to a nonflowable form with gel formation.
- Thin coatings providing adhesion to and coverage of the circumference and tip of the nerve stump on the order of 50 microns to 500 microns to cover the end of the nerve are desirable.
- a wrap form can be designed that is 1 cm to 100 cm long, preferably 1 cm to 50 cm long, more preferably 1 cm to 10 cm long.
- the gelation time of the in situ formed hydrogel can be extended so permit coverage of the entire length of the nerve.
- the mixer/needle on the end of the hydrogel applicator can be exchanged so that the longer wraps can be filled through successive regions of gel formation.
- multiple wraps approximately 1.5 cm to 2 cm long can be placed in sequence. These wraps can be filled with one applicator each.
- hydrogel around the nerve in an implant or bolus, providing a robust adhesive layer of hydrogel around the nerve, approximately 0.5 to 5 mm, more preferably 1-2 mm in thickness around the circumference of the nerve and 1 to 5 mm beyond the tip of the nerve stump tip.
- the pore size of the hydrogel needs to be sufficiently small to prevent nerves and other supporting cells from infiltrating the biomaterial.
- Nerve axon diameters are between approximately 0.5 and 30 ⁇ m.
- the growth inhibitory hydrogel is microporous or mesoporous, with pores less than 1 ⁇ m, preferably less than 0.5 microns, more preferably less than 500 nm in diameter.
- Nondegradable hydrogels If a nondegradable hydrogel system is used, the same equilibrium swelling characteristics apply but, since the hydrogel is nondegradable or biostable, degradation swelling is not relevant.
- the nondegradable in situ forming thermoresponsive copolymer Pluronic (PEO-PPO-PEO), polyvinyl alcohol, or PEO may be utilized to form hydrogels.
- the hydrogel is clear and transparent to confirm the location of the nerve after hydrogel formation.
- the transparency permits confirmation that the nerve repair was optimal and that no fascicles are building from the repair site or that the optimal distance between the two nerve stumps has been maintained.
- a visualization agent may be incorporated in the hydrogel to aid in contrast relative to the background tissues.
- the color additive or color additive blend may be included in a the polymer powder solution.
- the use of one or more different visualization agents is desirable to provide visual confirmation, for example, that the growth permissive hydrogel was correctly delivered between the nerves and the growth inhibitory hydrogel was delivered around the growth permissive hydrogel.
- the cap of the present invention can be formed from a hydrogel having sufficient optical clarity that the nerve can be visually observed through the material of the cap following cap formation.
- the cap once released from the mold will have a first (lower) convex sidewall surface that conformed to the concave surface of the mold, and a second (upper) surface that aligned with the window 20 and has a relatively flat, meniscus conformation. At least a portion of the first surface has a curvature that may substantially conform to the surface of a cylinder. This along with the optically transparent characteristic of the hydrogel functions as a lens, magnifying the appearance of the nerve when viewed through the first surface.
- the cap may thus function in the manner of a convexo-concave lens (sometimes called negative meniscus), where the concave interface at the surface of the nerve has a tighter radius of curvature than the radius of the outer first surface to produce the magnification.
- the radius of the hydrogel lens is typically between about 1 mm and about 12 mm from the center of the nerve and the thickness of the hydrogel lens through the first surface may be between about 0.5 mm and about 5 mm thick, preferably about 1 mm to about 1.5 mm thick.
- the refractive index of the hydrogel convex lens is similar to objects embedded in glass, at about 1.45 to 2.00, effectively bending the light rays inward to make the nerve inside appear larger than it is.
- the hydrogel is transparent and is over 90% water and thus is well suited
- the elasticity of hydrogel can be modulated incorporating hydrophobic domain into the hydrogel.
- the hydrophobic domain can be incorporating by crosslinking or mixing of molecules, particles, fibers and micelles.
- the molecules incorporated can be amphiphilic molecules including pluronic, polysorbate and tocopherol polyethylene glycol succinate.
- the particles, fibers and micelles can be made from amphiphilic molecules described in the above section.
- many low molecular weight hydrophobic drugs that are incorporated into the hydrogel improve the elasticity of the hydrogel.
- Kit The in situ forming hydrogel is delivered through a dual applicator system comprising a dual channel applicator, a dual adapter, one or more mixers, and one or more blunt needles. Also included in the kit is a powder vial with associated vial adapter, diluent solution, and accelerator solution for use in the dual applicator system.
- the kit may include one or more forms into which the hydrogel is delivered.
- the kit may also include on or more mixer-blunt syringes.
- the Mixer syringes may be conventional single lumen mixers with a static mixing element or the mixers may be mixers in which there is recirculation and turbulent flow of the contents to improve the mixing of the precursor solution.
- the hydrogel networks are predominantly hydrophilic with high water content and are formed through the physical or chemical crosslinking or synthetic or natural polymers, copolymers, block copolymers or oligomers.
- synthetic hydrogels that are not growth permissive include agarose, PEG, or alginate, PVA hydrogels with 2 % w/v solid content or higher, preferably 6% w/v solid content, more preferably 8% w/v solid content or higher. PEGs.
- Multi-arm PEGs are described above but may be selected according to the desired properties from PEG-amine, PEGarboxyl, PEG-SCM, PEG-SGA, PEG-Nitrophenyl carbonate (carbonate linker), PEG - Maleimide, PEG-Acrylate, PEG-Thiol, PEG-Vinysulfone, PEG-Succinimidyl Succinate (SS), PEG-Succinimidyl Glutarate (SG), PEG-Isocianate, PEG-Norbomene or PEG-Azide.
- Alginate Viscous injectable alginate sol (1 to 5%) may be delivered around the nerve. Similarly, agarose gel at concentrations of 1% wt/vol or more prevent nerve extension.
- hypotonic solutions In one embodiment, a hypotonic solution (Ca2+ free, slightly hypotonic, saline solution containing 1-2 mM EGTA) is delivered to the cut nerve to assist in the sealing of crushed or transected axonal ends prior to repair with the in situ forming biomaterial.
- a hypotonic solution (Ca2+ free, slightly hypotonic, saline solution containing 1-2 mM EGTA) is delivered to the cut nerve to assist in the sealing of crushed or transected axonal ends prior to repair with the in situ forming biomaterial.
- PEG Fusion Combined with an In situ Nerve Cap or Wrap.
- a PEG solution can be delivered to the nerves to first fuse the nerves, alone or in combination with methylene blue. After sealing the membranes, the growth permissive hydrogel is delivered in between and around the compressed or severed nerves.
- the hydrogel can be made with cross -linkable particles, fibers, or micelles. These particles, fibers or micelles are functionalized with reactive groups, including but not limited to active ester, amine, carboxyl, aldehyde, isocyanate, isothiocyanate, thiol, azide and alkyne, which can be cross- linked with small molecules, polymers, particles fibers or micelles with reactive groups to form bonds including amide, carbamate, carbonate, urea, thiourea, thioester, disulfide, hydrazone, oxime, imine, amidine and triazole.
- reactive groups including but not limited to active ester, amine, carboxyl, aldehyde, isocyanate, isothiocyanate, thiol, azide and alkyne, which can be cross- linked with small molecules, polymers, particles fibers or micelles with reactive groups to form bonds including amide, carbamate, carbonate, urea, thioure
- the micelles, fibers and particles can be formed from amphiphilic macromolecules with hydrophilic and hydrophobic segments.
- the hydrophilic segments can be natural or synthetic polymers, including polyethylene glycol, polyacid, polyvinyl alcohol, polyamino acid, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyglycerol, polyoxazolines, and polysaccharides.
- Hydrophobic segments can be fatty acids, lipids, PLA, PGA, PLGA, PCL and the polymer ester copolymer at different ratio.
- functionalized microparticles form physical crosslinks with one another after a pH change, and then, when placed in situ, the functionalized particles crosslink to form an interconnected network of microparticles.
- Sealants Some of the in situ forming gels developed for adhesion prevention and sealants may also be adapted for this application to preventing neuromas and aberrant nerve outgrowth into scar tissue, such as low molecular weight poly anhydrides of acids like sebacic acid, including poly(glycerol-co-sebacate) (PGSA) based sealants (9,724,447, US20190071537, Pellenc et al (2019) Preclinical and clinical evaluation of a novel synthetic bioresorbable, on demand light activated sealant in vascular reconstruction, incorporated herein and adapted for use around nerves, for reference).
- PGSA poly(glycerol-co-sebacate)
- Adherus Dural Sealant which comprises a PEG-polyethylenimine (PEI) copolymer that forms in situ , as it exhibits low swelling and degrades in about 90 days (9,878,066, incorporated herein).
- Other sealants include BioGlue Surgical Adhesive (Cryolife), composed of bovine serum albumin and glutaraldehyde, Omnex (Ethicon), ArterX (Baxter), Coseal (Baxter) and TissuGlu, composed of lysine based urethane (Cohera Medical).
- Photoresponsive In some embodiments, photoresponsive, photopolymerizing or photocrosslinked biomaterials are envisioned that could be delivered in a liquid (low to medium viscosity) state into the form (cap or wrap form) around the nerve, and then, when the proper positioning of the nerve is obtained within the form, the photopolymerization is initiated with either ultraviolet, infrared, visible light.
- the light source can be attached directly or via a fiber optic cable to an opening in the cap or wrap form. By designing the light to shine over the entire cap or wrap form, a consistency in crosslinking density can be obtained.
- the cap form diffracts the light such that it ensures that the entire form is sufficiently illuminated to achieve consistent homogenous crosslinking across the gel.
- the light source housing is coupled directly with the form at the distal end of the cap facing the nerve stump face to ensure that the light directly penetrates.
- the form may be designed with embedded light-emmitting elements that permit the light to be delivered circumferentially around the nerve.
- Hydrogels include PNIPAAM hydrogels modified with a chromophore such as trisodium salt of chlorophyllin.
- Other biomaterials that form in situ include elastomers that can be crosslinked in situ including US 10,035,871 (and PMID 31083086), incorporated in their entirety either via a chemical or photocrosslinking process.
- hydrogels may be comprised of dendrimers, self-assembling hydrogels, or low molecular weight synthetic polymer liquids.
- lower molecular weight hydrogels (2kDa, liquid) can be formed in situ without water as a solvent as described in Kelmansky et al (2017) In Situ Dual Cross-Linking of Neat Biogel with Controlled Mechanical and Delivery Properties), Molecular Pharmaceutics, 14(10) 3609-3616, incorporated herein.
- hydrogels can be photocrosslined to form hydrogels, as extensively described in the literature.
- Crosslinking agents include eosin, )
- electroconductive hydrogels are used including poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) (PEDOT), poly (pyrrole), poly aniline, poly acetylene, poly thiophene, ester derivative, 3, 4-propylenedioxy thiophene (ProDOT), natural or synthetic melanin, derivatives, and combinations thereof.
- PEDOT poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)
- ProDOT 4-propylenedioxy thiophene
- melanin derivatives, and combinations thereof.
- sulfated proteoglycans it may be desirable to deliver inhibitory environmental cues to the nerves in addition to the mechanical barrier provided by the hydrogel. This can be accomplished by the addition of inhibitory molecules and/or extracellular matrix to the hydrogel either through physical blending or chemical crosslinking.
- Sulfated proteoglycans such as side chains with a negative charge such as glycosaminoglycans are of interest. Of particular interest is dermatan sulfate (DS).
- Blends In some embodiments, it may be desirable to create blends of two PEGs to improve the degradability of the system.
- the PEG-SC is combined with PEG-SG prior to crosslinking with trilysine amine to create a hydrogel that has sufficient mechanical support to prevent nerve outgrowth but then degrades more rapidly than PEG-SC.
- the persistent time of gel in vivo is fine-tuned by the ratio of PEG-SG and PEG-SC. With the increase of PEG-SC content, the persistent time of gel in vivo increases.
- the PEG-carbamates are blended with the PEG-carbonates.
- Other hydrogels include PEG hydrogels comprised of carbamate derivatives (7,060,259).
- the growth permissive solution comprises a low viscosity solution of collagen at 1.5 mg/ml or less, more preferably 0.6 mg/ml or 0.8 mg/ml.
- a laminin solution at a concentration of 0.4 mg/ml is preferable.
- an HPMC or CMC formulation at a concentration of 2% provide a low viscosity solution through which nerves can pathfind without appreciable mechanical barriers.
- agents can be dissolved or suspended in the diluent or accelerator solution and surfactants or ethanol can be added to stabilize the suspension.
- the drug can be also encapsulated in microparticles, nanoparticles or micelles and then suspended in diluent or accelerator.
- the hydrogel can be made with cross -linkable particles and micelles.
- particles or micelles have reactive groups such as the active ester, amine, carboxyl, thiol and those described in patent US 7,347,850 B2 and can be crosslinked with small molecules, polymers, particles or micelles with reactive groups which reacts with the former particles or micelles and forming bonds including amide, carbamate, carbonate, urea, thiourea, thioester, disulfide, hydrazone, oxime, imine, amidine and triazole.
- gel can be form by the swelling of particles. The large volume of swelling can increase the particle contact and lock them into their location to form gel.
- Solid content The solid content can be adjusted to fine tune the swelling and tensile properties of the hydrogel.
- the solid content can be adjusted above the critical gelation concentration, such as between 6 to 15% loading, more preferably 7-9% loading, more preferably 8-8.5% solid content.
- Hydrogels may be formed in situ through electrophilic- nucleophilic, free radical, or photo- polymerization.
- in vivo Persistence In some embodiments a longer in vivo persistence may be preferred, in which the hydrogel remains in situ for between 3 months and 3 years, more preferably 6 months and 18 months, more preferably 6 months and 12 months.
- Adhesion is an important criterion for maintaining the hydrogel in close apposition to the nerve. Adhesion may occur through crosslinking reactions between the hydrogel and the primary and secondary amines on the tissue surface e.g. the epineurium or the amine groups found on the surface of nerves, glia, and associated cells. The adhesion strength should be greater than 10 kPa, preferably greater than 50 kPa, more preferably greater than 100 kPa. Adhesive strength on nerves can be estimated by embedding the sciatic nerve in the hydrogels. The ends of the nerves are embedded in superglue between sandpaper and placed in titanium clamps in a Bose ElectroForce 3200-ES. Nerves are pulsed at a rate of 0.08 mm/s until failure. Care was taken to ensure that the nerves were used shortly after harvest and that the hydrogel and nerve were equilibrated in PBS at 37°C prior to testing.
- poly any hydride polymers can be acrylated so that they can form in situ through free radical polymerization. Alternatively, they can form through photocrosslinking. At lower concentrations, the polymers are water soluble e.g. 10%. The prevention of nerve regeneration is conferred in part through their hydrophobicity. Incorporated for reference are US20180177913A1, US62/181,270, and US201562181270P.
- Dual channel applicators used to deliver the in situ forming hydrogels are commercially available (Nordson Medical Fibrijet Biomateral Applicators, Medmix Double Syringe Biomaterial Delivery System, K-System). However, these mixers, delivering between 2.75 and up to 10 ml of hydrogel, include a single lumen with a static mixing element and are designed for the adequate mixing and delivery of large volumes of hydrogel solution and are not ideal for delivering small volumes ( ⁇ 1 ml) of hydrogel solution to a site.
- a custom mixer is designed to fit onto the Nordson Medical or K-System applicator, through either a luer or a snap fit, as the dual chamber applicator system necessitates, to recirculate some of the initial solutions that enter the mixer in order to ensure better mixing of the hydrogel, including the initial components.
- FIG. 18 illustrates the design (transparent) of the center portion of the mixer containing an entrance port with at least one static mixer, a larger container through which the contents are delivered and recirculated and a second port which captures the mixed recirculated fluid and delivers it to the exit port of the mixer.
- the second port may or may not contain additional static mixers.
- the 4-arm-PEG lOK-SC is crosslinked with an 8- arm PEG 20K amine.
- the PEG-SC and PEG-amine were dissolved in an acidic diluent at a ratio of 1:1.
- the suspension was mixed with accelerator buffer and delivered through a static mixer to form a hydrogel. This formulation gelled in 4 seconds and provides compressive strength between 50 and 70 kPa. In addition swelling is between 10 and 30 wt%.
- 8-arm 15K PEG-SC is crosslinked with trilysine.
- the PEG-SC was suspended in buffered trilysine solution and then mixed with accelerator buffer through a static mixer. This formulation gelled in 2 seconds and the gel provided compression strength up to 200 kPa.
- 8-arm 20 K PEG-thioisocyanate is crosslinked with trilysine at a ratio of 1:1.
- the formulation gelled in 3 seconds and has a compression strength of 120 kPa and 5% swelling.
- the method may comprise the step of positioning a form at a treatment site before the positioning the severed end step.
- the form is provided as part of the kit containing the delivery system and is composed of an inert, biocompatible, flexible and nonadhesive material to provide the desired shape to the in situ formed material.
- the form is designed to be filled with the flowable media such that it flows around the proximal nerve stump end where it transforms to a non flowable composition, conforming to the nerve stump and preventing neuroma formation.
- the form creates a low profile nerve cap with a smooth transition between the nerve and the cap and approximately cylindrical shape around the nerve.
- a form is desirable, not only because it reduces off target spread of the in situ forming material but because it provides a low-profile circumferential lubricious shape that cannot be achieved with the application of the hydrogel alone.
- the profile and transitions of the form design reduce the friction and interference with the surrounding tissue, allowing the hydrogel to glide and rotate relative to the surrounding tissue.
- the cap is designed to be able to cover at least 5 mm, preferably a 10 mm length or more of nerve.
- a form for creating a formed in situ nerve cap to inhibit neuroma formation or a nerve wrap to prevent nerve compression or facilitate nerve regeneration comprises a concave wall defining a cavity, the wall having a top opening for accessing the cavity.
- the top opening lies on a first plane and has an area that is less than the area of a second plane conforming to inside dimensions of the cavity and spaced apart into the cavity and parallel to the first plane.
- a concave nerve guide is carried by the wall and provides a side access to the cavity for receiving a nerve end.
- the wall is flexible so that it can be removed from a crosslinked nerve cap formed within the cavity, and may comprise silicone, preferably with a durometer of 20 to 40, preferably 20 to 30, most preferably a durometer of 20.
- the wall design of the form has a slight undercut such that the material, when filling the form to the top edge of the form, forms a convex surface due, in part, to surface tension of the media, that completes the cylindrical shape of the hydrogel.
- This durometer is considerably softer than the FDA cleared silicone nerve tubes which are so rigid, with durometers of 50 or 60 that they result in constriction and chronic neuropathic pain.
- the form is comprised of a nonadherent nondegradable material.
- the material is medical-grade silicone, sufficiently flexible to be peeled or popped off of the in situ formed material (e.g. durometer 20 or 30). After the transition of the media to a substantially non-flowable state, the silicone form is removed and discarded.
- the silicone form is colored to provide contrast against the surrounding tissue so that the nondegradable polymer is not accidentally left in situ. Darker colors are preferable to enhance the light that enters the cap and illuminate the nerve, such as dark blue, dark purple or dark green.
- silicones with lower durometer and lower tensile strength are preferable in order to facilitate the removal of the hydrogel from the form. Therefore, silicones with a durometer less than 45, preferably less than 30, more preferably around a durometer of 20 are desirable.
- LSRs liquid silicone rubbers
- the majority of commercially available liquid silicone rubbers (LSRs) have tensile strengths greater than 1000 psi, for this applications, LSRs with lower tensile strengths are preferable. For example, tensile strengths of less than 900 psi, preferably less than 800 psi are desirable.
- elongation is another factor that determines the ease with which the biodegradable biomaterial can be removed from the mold.
- Materials with a percent elongation greater than 400%, preferably between 400 and 2000%, more preferably between 400 and 1200%, more preferably between 400 and 800% are desirable.
- these materials include MED-4920 (NuSil, Durometer Type A 20, 700% elongation, tensile strength 750 psi), MED-4930 (Durometer Type A 30, 450% elongation, tensile strength of 800 psi), LIM-6010 (Durometer 15, elongation 440%, tensile strength 3 Mpa), Silopren LSR 4020 (durometer 22, elongation 1000%, tensile strength 7 MPa) or MED50-5338 (durometer 30, elongation 350%, tensile strength 650 psi), and SIL-5940 (durometer 40, elongation 680%, tensile strength 1,350 psi), Silbione LSR 4340 (durometer 40, elongation 605%, tensile strength 1250 ps
- HCRs high consistency rubbers
- MED-4035 durometer 35, elongation 1,055% elongation, tensile strength 1565 psi
- MED-4025 durometer 30, elongation 890%, tensile strength of 1,285 psi
- MED-4020 durometer 25, elongation 1,245%, tensile strength 1,400
- MED-4014 durometer 15, elongation 1330%, tensile strength 700 psi
- more MED-4920 durometer 20, elongation 700%, tensile strength 750 psi.
- Class VI high consistency rubbers may also be carefully selected, although these tend to have significantly higher tensile strength on the higher end of acceptable over 1,000 psi such as 1,300 to 1,600 psi.
- room temperature vulcanizing silicone e.g. RTV-2
- P-44 durometer 42, elongation 250%, tensile strength 600 psi, Silicones Inc. High Point, NC
- the LSR is white as opposed to translucent (e.g. MED- 4942) or colored for contrast with tissue using Nusil’s healthcare color masterbatches in purple or blue.
- a silicone with a higher durometer within this range e.g. Shore A hardness 40
- materials include MED-4940 (Nusil).
- LSRs with durometers above 50 and tensile strengths higher than 1300 psi are less desirable (e.g. Silbione LSR 4370, Silbione LSR 4365).
- some silicones are designed to be adhesive, such as for adhesive wound dressings, such as the Silbione HC2 2031 A&B. These silicones are less desirable because they are designed to adhere to tissue as opposed to being designed to be lubricious and lift off the tissue easily.
- polar interactions and non-polar interaction between the hydrogel nerve cap/wrap and the nerve cap/wrap form will make the nerve cap/wrap challenging to demold.
- Polar interactions include but not limited to dipole-dipole, dipole-induced dipole, and hydrogen bonding. Materials with less polar interactions with nerve cap/wrap, especially hydrogen bond, can be used to make the mold.
- increase the surface tension of the gel precursor will decrease the wettability of gel precursor on surface.
- High polarity materials include but not limited to salts, can be added to the gel formulation.
- materials without chemical reaction to nerve cap/wrap can be used as mold materials. Chemical reaction between nerve cap/wrap and mold materials increase the adhesiveness.
- the surface smoothness of the mold affects the adhesiveness of nerve cap/wrap and the demolding.
- the smoother of the mold surface the easier the demolding.
- the mold material can be hydrophobic and rough at the microscopic scale. It can trap air at its surface, causing the unsolidified nerve cap/wrap held up by its own surface tension. Such surfaces are called superhydrophobic.
- Superhydrophobic surfaces can be designed by forming microscale roughness or patterns on a hydrophobic material.
- the hydrophobicity of the cap/wrap forms generates sufficient surface tension that, when hydrogel precursor solution is delivered to fill the cap/wrap form, the hydrogel precursor solution forms a convex cap that rises above the form itself, providing a cylindrical or oblong cross-section to the wrap or cap form.
- Biodegradable The method may alternatively comprise the step of placing a biodegradable form before the positioning the severed end step.
- the biodegradable form may be comprised of a non-crosslinked lyophilized (or dried) synthetic biomaterial that remains in place for approximately 5 to 10 minutes during the time that the in situ forming hydrogel is delivered, and then is rapidly dissolved and cleared from the site in less than, for example, one or two days.
- the bioerodible form is comprised of lyophilized multi-arm end-capped or non crosslinked PEG, lyophilized linear PEG (3.35kDa) or crosslinked multi-arm PEG (e.g. 8-arm 15kDa).
- the method may alternatively comprise the step of forming a biodegradable form in situ before the positioning the severed end step.
- the form is composed of materials typically used for nerve conduits and wraps, such as polyvinyl alcohol, chitosan, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, polycaprolactone.
- the ex vivo implantable form is comprised of the same material as the in situ formed material that is delivered into the form. In this manner, the properties of the equilibrated form are comparable and match well with the equilibrated in situ formed hydrogel.
- the biodegradable form for remains in place after delivery of the hydrogel and is not removed but is cleared from the implant site at approximately the same rate as the in situ formed material.
- the form is comprised of lyophilized non-crosslinked PEG into which the in situ formed hydrogel media is delivered. The non-crosslinked PEG is readily solubilized and cleared from the site, making the form a rapidly bioerodible form.
- the form is comprised of a crosslinked PEG matrix that will be cleared rapidly from the site as a result of a rapidly cleaved hydrolytic bond, such as can be obtained with the ester linkage in a PEG succinimidyl succinate (PEG-SS).
- PEG-SS PEG succinimidyl succinate
- Forms can be synthesized by injection molding, crosslinking or polymerizing in a cavity, solvent casting, or 3D printing.
- a range of synthetic and natural materials can be selected for the implantable form, including collagen, PEG-PEI, alginate, chitosan, or agarose.
- Forms may be rapidly dissolving forms, that, upon wetting, dissolve and are cleared within an hour so after the procedure, leaving the in situ formed biomaterial in place.
- forms may be more slowly degrading forms that swell to a similar or greater extent that the in situ formed material that is delivered inside them. The swelling prevents scenarios in which the hydrogel swells during equilibrium swelling and compresses the nerve if the form into which it is delivered is shrinking or has minimal compliance.
- the nerve positioned is held in the desired location or orientation with forceps in one hand and the media is delivered with the other hand into the form. As the media fills the form, the nerve is released and subsequently the media changes to a non-flowable state. Alternatively, a supporting physician or nurse may assist with the procedure.
- the growth inhibitory hydrogel is formed around the nerve in a two- step process. In the first step, the hydrogel is delivered to the nerve tip to encapsulate the nerve end. In the second step, the hydrogel is applied to fill the entire form, including the nerve tip. In another embodiment, the growth inhibitory hydrogel is formed around the nerve in a first layer and then a second layer of hydrogel is subsequently applied, in a two-step process.
- the hydrogel conforms directly to the nerve itself providing a barrier to inflammatory and pro-scar forming cells to the site while allowing nutrients through. Because the hydrogel adheres to the nerve, there is no need to suture the nerve to the hydrogel. The proximity of the hydrogel to the nerve also helps to prevent scar and adhesion formation around the nerve in the initial healing phase.
- Nerves by virtue of their low density and high fat content and flexibility, particularly smaller nerves, have a tendency may flow upwards in a low viscosity solution.
- the following embodiments are designed to assure that the nerve does not float up after delivery of the media to the top of that surface.
- Viscosity As described above, the viscosity of the flowable solution can be increased to minimize the nerve floating up within the solution.
- the needle that delivers the flowable media is directed in such a way that the flow of the media permits the circumferential spread of the solution around the nerve prior to the gel forming.
- the cap form can also be designed to improve the flow dynamics of the media and improve nerve alignment.
- the severing a target nerve step and the positioning a form at a treatment site step are accomplished by a single instrument.
- the nerve cap form is designed such that the delivery system and the form are integrated.
- the delivery system is connected to the form via a catheter.
- the catheter entrance in the cap resides at the same entrance where the nerve is entering the form.
- the catheter permits the flow of material down the shaft and circumferentially around the nerve such that the media acts to self-center the nerve within the form. Similarly, but utilizing shorter gelation times, flow and thus the movement of the nerve is limited.
- a stabilization rod or piece is aligned directly under the nerve or against the nerve such that it provides sufficient adhesive forces that the hydrogel can be delivered around the centered nerve into the form.
- Peelable conduits In yet another embodiment, the nerve is positioned in the center of the in situ biomaterial through the consecutive placement within two peelable conduits. In brief, the nerve is placed inside the first peelable conduit and the in situ forming material is delivered to surround the top and distal end of the nerve. The peelable conduit may be an open ended or close ended conduit. After the hydrogel forms, the sheath is pulled apart along weaker peel lines in the material an discarded. The resultant nerve-hydrogel is then placed in a second larger peelable conduit.
- the hydrogel surface can be placed on the bottom of the second sheath so that the nerve is centered in approximately the middle of the second sheath.
- a second application of the in situ forming hydrogel results in the cumulative formation of a circumferential hydrogel around the nerve which protects and centers the nerve within the nerve cap.
- the sheath is composed of an extruded splittable PTFE tube with a vertical tab to assist in tearing the piece apart in the surgical settng, similar to vascular introducers.
- the nerve is placed so that the proximal stump rests at a ninety degree angle downward in a cup- shaped form and the hydrogel delivered into the cup-shape to form around the nerve.
- the cup-shaped form is subsequently removed and discarded and the proximal stump is adjusted back to its resting position in the tissue.
- the nerve can be delivered in an amphiphilic or hydrophobic solution to prevent the nerve from floating to the surface of the medial.
- the in situ forming material may be more viscous, to prevent the nerve from migrating within the form.
- the form may have a tilt in the form, to bias the nerve filling from the distal to the proximal end.
- the nerve can be positioned in such a way that the hydrogel forms circumferentially around the proximal nerve tip first and then, either through a second application or a continuation of the first application, fills the rest of the form.
- the forms are designed in such a way that the nerve enters at a lower level relative to the top of the form to permit the material to be delivered circumferentially around the nerve.
- the entrance region of the form is sloped so that the nerve enters the form at a downward angle, biasing the proximal nerve tip location downward.
- Ribs Tabs or ribs are provided on the external face of nondegradable temporary forms, such as silicone forms, to assist with the removal of the form after formation of the gel. These tabs are placed in such a place to provide additional stability for the cap form on irregular surfaces or to provide a surface to grip with forceps or other surgical instruments.
- the form is designed to be self centering. In other words, the form may naturally seat itself so that the top surface of the form is level in preparation for delivery of the in situ forming hydrogel.
- a hole or guidance sheath is provided to direct the needle to deliver the media into the form in a particular direction.
- the direction of the media flow can be designed to better position the nerve in the channel.
- the hole is provided adjacent to or on top of where the nerve enters the form to guide the solution from proximal to distal in the conduit and encourage laminar flow within the form.
- the form contains a partial or complete hinged lid to permit the centering of the nerve according to the direction of flow within the form.
- volume of media delivered may range from 0.1 cc to 10 cc, typically 0.2 to 5 cc, more typically 0.3 to 1 cc.
- kits contain a 21 gauge or 23 gauge needle for delivering smaller volumes into smaller size wrap (or cap) forms and 18 gauge needles for filling larger forms. These needles provide additional control to the speed of delivery of the in situ forming material, permitting, the deposition of a bead of the hydrogel to the rapid filling of a larger conduit.
- Gelation time can be adjusted depending on the fill volume of the wrap or cap forms, providing longer gelation times of 10 to 20 seconds for larger wraps and a shorter gelation time of no more than about 10 seconds or no more than about 5 seconds but generally at least about 2 or 3 seconds for smaller wraps or caps.
- Form sizes and hydrogel thickness are designed with an entrance region to accommodate a nerve diameter ⁇ 1 to 3 mm, or more preferably ⁇ 1 mm.
- the diameter of the form determines the thickness of the gel that forms around the nerve.
- the thickness of the hydrogel that forms around the nerves may be 0.05 mm to 10 mm, more preferably 1 mm to 5 mm, more preferably 1 to 3 mm depending on the size of the nerve.
- Kit design instead of each kit containing one form for only one size of nerve, as is the case with implantable nerve conduits and wraps, kits will contain one to ten, more typically one to cap forms (or wrap forms, or combinations thereof), allowing the physician to select the appropriate size for the procedure as well as the ability to switch the form out without having to request an additional kit. Kits may be labelled according to forms selected - for example forms for a ranges of nerve sizes, forms for a type of surgical procedure (nerve protector for inguinal repair), or forms appropriate for a specific location of the procedures (nerve cap for hand surgery, nerve protector for upper limb, nerve form for brachial plexus).
- the in situ forming material may be delivered to a nerve that is placed on a temporary nonadherent biocompatible sheet such as an Esmarch bandage or other biocompatible sheet or background (Mercian Surgical Visibility Background Material) routinely used to isolate the nerve from the surrounding tissue.
- a temporary nonadherent biocompatible sheet such as an Esmarch bandage or other biocompatible sheet or background (Mercian Surgical Visibility Background Material) routinely used to isolate the nerve from the surrounding tissue.
- the gelation time can be shortened to limit the spread of the hydrogel around the nerve, for example to 10 seconds or less, preferably 5 seconds or less. Any excess hydrogel can then be removed from the surgical site and discarded.
- the form is not a physical form but created by the injection of a soluble hydrophobic solution, preferably a viscous solution, such as glycerol.
- a viscous solution such as glycerol.
- a viscous oil can be delivered to the surrounding tissue to coat it and prevent the hydrogel from adhering the surrounding tissue.
- the solution if viscous enough, can create a rapidly bioerodible form for delivering the in situ forming hydrogel.
- Solution A is delivered first to block the amine and tissue binding sites and to create a space or region into which Solution B can be delivered.
- Solution B is delivered in the space created by Solution A, or it is delivered in the center of Solution B, displacing Solution B away from the site.
- the space or access does not permit the use of a form.
- the surgical window is so small or the concern of damaging adjacent tissues is so small that placing a form in the site into which to deliver the hydrogel is not possible.
- the hydrogel may be delivered directly into a surgical pocket or region in or around the nerve. If the region around the nerve is utilized as a natural form, the cap has an irregular shape that is defined by the boundaries of the tissue on the bottom and sides of the nerve.
- the in situ formed material should be carefully peeled off of the muscle and fascia so that it forms a free-floating bolus in contact with the nerve. This will permit the nerve to continue to move within the region without being tethered to the surrounding tissue.
- the hydrogel it is desirable for the hydrogel to take the shape of the surrounding tissue around the nerve.
- the hydrogel needs to fill the potential space where the nerve is/was and the surrounding area to prevent regeneration.
- the hydrogel fills around irregularly shaped nerves or bundles/clusters of nerve fibers and/or cell bodies. In this way, the hydrogel can most effectively deliver therapeutic agents to the region.
- Hydrogel placed in a controlled manner in situ around a nerve.
- the hydrogel can be physically separated from the surrounding tissue during in situ crosslinking or in situ polymerization. This can be achieved with something as simple as a nonadhesive sterile sheet which can be placed at the site and then removed after gel formation. This can also be achieved through the placement of a form in/around the nerve.
- the form may take several forms depending on the size and location of the nerve, the presence or absence of a sheath, the goal of the therapy that is delivered to the site (nerve stimulation, nerve blocking, nerve ablation, or a barrier to nerve regeneration).
- the form is a cap that can be gently placed around the end of a nerve and the in situ forming gel injected into this form in order that it assume the shape of the form. The material in the cap can then be pushed out and the cap form removed and discarded.
- the cap is biocompatible and thus is not removed.
- a half-cylinder (halved longitudinally) can be placed underneath the nerve and the in situ forming material delivered into the half cylinder. In this same manner, it is possible to deliver a gel circumferentially around the nerve without the gel developing attachments to the surrounding tissue.
- the 3 to 10 mm sections of nerve can be placed inside a syringe barrel (with the luer lock end portion removed) and the plunger pulled back to the appropriate gel distance that is desired on the end of the nerve.
- the hydrogel is delivered into and around the nerve inside the plunger where the gel sets. After the gel forms, the plunger is gently depressed to extrude the nerve encased in the hydrogel.
- the syringe barrel has a lubricious coating.
- Laprascopic or endoscopic surgery The forms may be advanced down a channel during laprascopic or endoscopic surgery and placed under a nerve, similar to the approach in open surgery. The form may be folded to permit transit through smaller conduits and then released at the site of the procedure.
- instruments can be designed with the nerve form (cap or wrap) build into the tip of one instrument with the in situ forming biomaterial delivered through the lumen of another instrument. Gelation time of the in situ forming biomaterial needs to be adjusted to 20 to 30 seconds or more to allow for travel time of the hydrogel down the instrument lumen if a catheter is employed and the gel mixing occurs at a distance from the gel formation.
- Treatment of hernias is particularly appropriate for block nerve regeneration in nerves transected in the course of performing, for example, inguinal hernia repair through an open, robotic, or laprascopic approach
- a first material can be injected that coats the outside tissues to prevent direct adhesion between the gel and the surrounding tissue.
- the hydrogel can be delivered into the same site, forming a depot around the nerves and displacing the first material to the periphery of the injection site.
- a hydrophobic substance such as an oil or a viscous substance such as glycerol.
- This may also be achieved with a low molecular weight PEG solution which has the added benefit of helping seal the membranes of the nerve prior to the hydrogel forming the nerve block/cap around the nerve.
- the nerve is dipped in the flowable material solution prior to it crosslinking to form a thin protective surface on the hydrogel.
- a thin coating of the biodegradable polymer is necessary around the nerve.
- the coating may be only 100 microns to 500 microns thick.
- a coating is not sufficient to prevent the inflammatory infiltration and or prevent early degradation - in these cases it is desirable to use a coating of between 0.5 mm to 10 mm thick.
- Examples include resorbable poly(D,L lactide-co-caprolactone) implant, aligned silk fibroin (SF) blended with poly(L-lactic acid-co-e-caprolactone) (SF/P(LLA-CL)) nanofiber scaffolds, poly(lactic acid)-co-(glycolic acid)/arginylglyclaspartic acid) modified poly(lactic acid-co-glycolic acid-alt-L-lysine) (PRGD-PDLLA) implant with pores on the order of 10 microns in diameter [), Yi et al 2018, Adv Sci],.
- SF aligned silk fibroin
- SF/P(LLA-CL) poly(L-lactic acid-co-e-caprolactone)
- PRGD-PDLLA poly(lactic acid)-co-(glycolic acid)/arginylglyclaspartic acid) modified poly(lactic acid-co-glycolic acid-alt-L-lysine)
- the PRGD/PDLLA conduit was 10 mm long with an inner diameter of 2 mm and a tube wall thickness of 200 microns, the SF/P(LLA-CL) conduit is 1.5 cm long with an internal diameter of 1.5 mm.
- These caps require suture placement.
- Another approach, called Neurocap® is a synthetic nerve capping device including of a solid tube with a closed end that is placed over the nerve bundle and then has to be both sutured to the nerve to keep the nerve within the cap and sutured to the surrounding tissue to hold the cap in position, published as WO2016144166A1.
- Another approach also utilizes a solid implant, published as US20140094932A1.
- an injectable flowable system is not limited to nerve stumps but also can prevent aberrant nerve outgrowth in fibers too small to be picked up.
- NERVE PROTECTOR/WRAP In accordance with a further aspect of the invention, there are provided methods and devices to protect intact or compressed nerves. In some instances, it may be desirable to protect nerves that are surgically exposed as a result of a procedure or adjacent nerves or tissues, such as in the instance where these nerve would otherwise dry out. In some instances, it may be desirable to protect and mark the nerves that are exposed as part of another surgery so that additional handling, stretching, contusion and/or compression can be reduced or avoided.
- an in situ forming material is delivered around the nerve to provide a protective layer and prevent the nerve from damage from forceps and other surgical equipment in the region. Additionally, a dye in the hydrogel can provide sufficient contrast from the surrounding tissue that the physician can also visually stay away from the nerve during the procedure. This may dramatically reduce the incidence of iatrogenic nerve injury during surgical procedures.
- a form for creating a formed in situ capsule around a nerve to nerve junction comprises a concave wall defining a cavity, the wall having a top opening for accessing the cavity.
- the top opening lies on a first plane and has an area that is less than the area of a second plane conforming to inside dimensions of the cavity and spaced apart into the cavity and parallel to the first plane.
- a first concave nerve guide is carried by the wall and provides a first side access for positioning a first nerve end in the cavity; and a second concave nerve guide is carried by the wall and provides a second side access for positioning a second nerve end in the cavity.
- ilioinguial and iliohypogastric nerves during procedures to repair hernias, particularly inguinal hernia repair.
- These nerves may be partially or completely exposed during the repair of the hernia, resulting in compression, contusion, and partial or complete transection.
- Post-surgically the damaged nerve may send aberrant nerve sprouts out into the post-surgical scar tissue which may result in neuroma formation and nerve entrapment resulting in a high rate of postoperative and chronic pain.
- these nerves may be incidentally or purposefully transected surgically in an attempt to prevent the nerves from being entrapped surgically or tangled in the mesh used to repair the hernia.
- a kit containing the in situ forming growth inhibitory hydrogel and appropriate forms permit the surgeon to select a form to provide either a ‘cap’ or ‘wrap’ shaped form cavity.
- the physician may then select a wrap if the nerve is not transected and the physician wishes to protect the nerve from further damage or a cap if the nerve is transected and the physician wishes to prevent the formation of distal neuroma at the end of the transected nerve.
- a wrap-shaped form is provided to deliver hydrogel around the region of sciatic nerve at risk. For larger nerves, these region may be 5 to 50 cm or more. Wrap-shaped forms may be provided to span this entire length or alternately multiple cap forms can be placed in series along the nerve to provide protection.
- an anti-inflammatory agent is delivered in the hydrogel in order to reduce the inflammation around the nerve that may result as a result of positioning or moving the nerve during the surgery.
- a local anesthetic is delivered into the hydrogel that is placed around the nerve.
- the hydrogel is delivered around the nerve to reduce inflammatory neuropathies that may result after surgery, particularly peripheral neuropathy that may result in slowly developing severe pain and/or weakness in the affected limb.
- the in situ forming hydrogel may be delivered after open surgery or through a percutaneous image-guided procedure.
- echogenic needles are desirable to confirm not only depth but location of the needle relative to relevant structures.
- an in situ forming hydrogel is delivered around the nerve in a ‘wrap’ form cavity to form a protective compliant wrap around the nerve.
- the wrap form cavity is left place, providing additional support and protection during the surgery, and then the wrap form is removed and discarded after completion of the procedure prior to closing the site.
- the hydrogel remains in place is to protect the nerve, prevent aberrant nerve outgrowth, and any scar tissue from infiltrating the nerve.
- Coaptation aid In some embodiments, a nerve that has undergone direct coaptation with sutures can be placed into a wrap form cavity.
- the direct coaptation site may be filled with an injected growth permissive hydrogel or temporary spacer material (e.g. fibrin glue) that can spread into the interstices of the site and the growth inhibitory hydrogel delivered directly around the anastomoses site using a wrap form cavity.
- Wrap or protector form The wrap form cavity comprises a form with two entrance zones for the nerve with a variable cavity length around the region of the nerve that needs protection. In shorter wrap forms, the cavity is designed such that the nerve rests on the entrance zones and the nerve is ‘floating’ between this region and does not make contact with the walls of the form.
- the needle that delivers the in situ forming hydrogel delivers the flowable hydrogel solution into the form, surrounding the nerve, where it forms a protective hydrogel around the nerve.
- the form prevents the off target spread of the hydrogel to adjacent tissues and maintains a consistent thickness of hydrogel around the nerve.
- a longer wrap form cavity may be utilized with small posts designed in the bottom of the form to prop and provide stability to the nerve over longer distances. These posts are then removed when the form is removed, leaving only a small exposure between the nerve and the surrounding environment at a non-critical location away from the proximal nerve stump tip (if one exists).
- the in situ forming hydrogel solution may be delivered in multiple layers or regions.
- the form is filled in multiple sections in order to maintain the nerve within the center of the form.
- a first layer of in situ forming hydrogel is delivered to the bottom of the form, either with the nerve or without the nerve completely or partially embedded, and then a second layer of hydrogel is delivered on top of the first layer in order to completely cover and protect the nerve.
- kits which contain the appropriate volume of in situ forming hydrogel to fill the wrap form as well as multiple mixers and needle components to allow the physician to switch the mixer-needle tip and continue to deliver more of the media in second or third applications, as needed.
- the delivery of an in situ forming hydrogel at the interface between the proximal nerve and the allograft or autograft anastomoses, or the delivery of the hydrogel between the allograft or autograft and distal nerve stump, or similarly at the junction between where the nerve stump enters and exists the conduit is anticipated.
- a smaller volume of hydrogel delivered either directly or in a shorter wrap form segment provides protection of neurite outgrowth and reduction in scar formation and immune cell infiltration into the graft and conduit.
- a wrap form may span the entire length of the anastomoses to cover the allograft/autograft/conduit in addition to the nerve.
- Nerve gliding Some peripheral nerves undergo a considerable amount of motion in the fascial plane in which they reside and thus scarring and tethering of these nerves is particularly painful.
- the median nerve in the carpal tunnel or the ulnar nerve location relative to the elbow are locations where a provision for gliding is important.
- the form of the implant is such that the gliding of the nerves is not enhanced with the biomaterial and may be further inhibited.
- the in situ forming hydrogel is delivered as a protector around these nerves to permit the nerves to continue to glide within their fascial plane.
- the hydrogel thus forms a hollow cylindrical sleeve having a central lumen within which a nerve or tendon can glide.
- the gliding may occur in one of two ways: the gliding may occur over the outer surface of the formed hydrogel, with the hydrogel and the nerve or tendon moving together. Alternatively, and preferably, the nerve or tendon glides within the lumen of the hydrogel form while the hydrogel is anchored in place with a minimal capsule. In this manner, the nerve or tendon is free to move in a soft, compliant, scar-free, manner through the hydrogel. [0371] Indications.
- the in situ forming hydrogels can also be introduced intraoperatively to aid in the maintenance of a successful microsurgical anastomosis of donor and recipient nerves using a wrap form. They hydrogels can be injected in a wrarp form at the junction of the anastomoses to protect the aberrant inflammatory response, the formation of scar tissue, and aid in the coaption of the donor and recipient nerves.
- the transfer of a noncritical nerve to reinnervate a more important sensory or motor nerve is known as neurotization.
- a patient undergoing breast reconstruction after mastectomy can select autologous flap reconstruction to connect the nerves with the chest wall.
- Wrap forms can be placed at the junction between the proximal nerve stump and distal nerve tissue to which it is sutured and the hydrogel delivered to protect the anastomoses sites. This repair may lead to restoration of sensory function and an improvement in physical and quality of life advancement for women.
- the hydrogels may be used to assist in the repair of tendons and prevent adhesion/scar tissue from forming around tendons.
- the hydrogel is placed around the tendon using a similar form permitting delivery of solution to form a gel circumferentially around the tendon. In this manner, the gel permits gliding of the tendon in the same way that this can be achieved with the gels around nerves.
- the in situ forming hydrogels can be delivered in a wrap form around the nerve as a barrier to the attachment of surrounding tissue while the nerve repairs.
- This approach allows the hydrogel to infiltrate and conform to the nerve and act as a replacement for vein wrapping, in which autologous vein in wrapped around the nerve in a spiral wrapping technique, providing a barrier to attachment of surround tissue.
- This also provides an alternative to the AxoGuard Nerve Protector which has to be wrapped around the nerve potentially stretching and damaging it further.
- the solid nerve protector requires extensive handling of the nerve with forceps, stretching open the solid wrap to hold it open, and then suturing the nerve to the wrap.
- a liquid or viscous liquid may be delivered directly around the nerve in a form with minimal nerve handling.
- Soft tissue attachments are minimized, swelling is minimized and mechanical support provided by the gel reduces the tension and stress on the coaption site.
- Nutrients can diffuse through the hydrogel network. Also, the hydrogel may reduce the physician’s procedure time.
- the solution in based on hyaluronic acid is based on a hydrogel slurry (TracelT, Boston Scientific).
- the hydrogel can be delivered circumferentially around the nerve using a syringe or applicator tip, in this manner, the nerve has protection over the length of the damage. Ideally, the hydrogel would be applied between e.g. 5 and 15 mm on each site of the damaged or transected nerve. Volumes administered may be between 100 microliters and 10 ml, more preferably 0.2 to 3 ml.
- the syringe contains the hydrogel (or the two precursor components to the hydrogel) can be designed with the exact volume to be delivered to allow for controlled automated delivery of the in situ forming hydrogel. Alternatively, an excess volume can be provided to allow the individual to use his/her judgment on how much to deliver around the site.
- the hydrogel should form a cellular barrier approximately 200 microns thick around the outside of the nerve, although the hydrogel may also be delivered to fill a site and thus form a circumferential bolus with a 2 cm radius around the hydrogel site.
- End-to-side Repair A window in the outer nerve sheath is made and a nerve transfer is attached to the side of the nerve. After the suturing, the in situ forming hydrogel is delivered around this to keep these in close apposition with one another.
- External neurolysis If nerves have become scarred or develop neuromas, stretching or moving may result in additional nerve damage, pain, and additional nerve scarring.
- Neurolysis can be used to remove the scar tissue around the nerve without entering into the nerve itself.
- the in situ forming hydrogel can be delivered around the nerve after the external neurolysis to prevent additional nerve scarring and reduce pain.
- a percutaneous nerve protector is delivered around the damaged or crushed nerve.
- the local inflammatory response can be reduced.
- In situ forming hydrogels that are 1) biocompatible, 2) biodegradable or bioerodible, 3) permit diffusion of nutrients and oxygen into and out of the tissue while preventing inflammation, 4) flexible and compliant so that the axons are protected without being compressed, 5) non or minimally swelling, and 6) prevent fibrous ingrowth to the injury site.
- An injectable conformable hydrogel also permits the same product to be delivered to multiple nerve diameters and multiple locations (between bones, fascia, ligaments, muscle) as the material will flow in the region around the nerve.
- the needle location impacts the delivery of the hydrogel.
- the needle delivers the hydrogel directly on top of the target nerve or region.
- the needle is run distally to proximally to first fill the end of the form and the distal nerve stump and later to fill the rest of the conduit.
- the hydrogels can be delivered around nerve that are reconnected as part of targeted muscle reinnervation (TMR) procedures. Due to frequent the size mismatch between the transected donor nerve and the typically smaller denervated recipient nerve, it may be desirable to apply a hydrogel at the junction to help direct the regenerating fibers into the target receipient motor nerve. For these indications the hydrogel may be applied directly or within a form. Typically this is performed between a mixed motor and sensory nerve.
- TMR targeted muscle reinnervation
- Inhibitory drugs to caps and wraps may be assisted or enhanced by any of a variety of chemical agents that inhibit or prevent nerve regrowth (sometimes referred to as "anti- regeneration agents").
- agents include inorganic and organic chemical agents, including small molecule organic chemical agents, biochemical agents, which may be derived from the patient and/or from an external source such as an animal source and/or a synthetic biochemical source, and cell-based therapies.
- Anti-regeneration agents may be applied directly to target tissue prior to or following forming the nerve end. Alternatively, the antiregeneration agents may be carried within the media where they become trapped in the media and are then released over time in the vicinity of the nerve end.
- anti-regeneration agents include, among others: (a) capsaicin, resiniferatoxin and other capsaicinoids (see, e.g., J. Szolcsanyi et al., "Resiniferatoxin: an ultrapotent selective modulator of capsaicin-sensitive primary afferent neurons", J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 1990 November;255(2):923-8); (b) taxols including paclitaxel and docetaxel (i.e., at concentrations are sufficiently elevated to slow or cease nerve regeneration, as lower concentrations of paclitaxel may facilitate nerve regeneration; see, e.g., W. B.
- PTPsigma is a receptor for chondroitin sulfate proteoglycan, an inhibitor of neural regeneration", Science, 2009 October 23; 326(5952):592-6); (i) myelin-associated glycoprotein (MAG); (j) oligodendrocytes; (k) oligodendrocyte-myelin glycoprotein; and (I) Reticulon-4, also known as Neurite outgrowth inhibitor or Nogo, which is a protein that in humans is encoded by the RTN4 gene (see, e.g., Lynda J.-S. Yang et al., "Axon regeneration inhibitors, Neurological Research, 1 Dec. 2008, Volume 30, Issue 10, pp. 1047-1052) (m) ethanol or glycerol.
- MAG myelin-associated glycoprotein
- Reticulon-4 also known as Neurite outgrowth inhibitor or Nogo
- anti-regeneration agents include agents that induce the formation of the inhibitory scar tissue, which may be selected from the following, among others: (a) laminin, fibronectin, tenascin C, and proteoglycans, which have been shown in inhibit axon regeneration (see, e.g., Stephen J. A. Davies et al., "Regeneration of adult axons in white matter tracts of the central nervous system,” Nature 390, 680-683 (18 Dec.
- TGF .beta. transforming growth factor .beta.
- TGF .beta. TGF.beta.-l
- TGF.beta.-2 interleukins
- cytokines such as interferon-. gamma.
- fibroblast growth factor 2 FGF2
- ciliary neurotrophic factor fibroblast growth factor 2
- glycoproteins and proteoglycans that promote basal membrane growth see, e.g., CC Stichel et ak, "The CNS lesion scar: new vistas on an old regeneration barrier", Cell Tissue Res. (October 1998) 294 (1): 1-9); and (e) substances that deactivate Schwann cells.
- anti-regeneration agents include Semaphorin-3A protein (SEMA3A) (which may be used to induce the collapse and paralysis of neuronal growth cones) to block regeneration is incorporated into the hydrogels to release approximately 1 ⁇ g per day for a total of 2 ⁇ g over a couple weeks, calcium (which may lead to turning of nerve growth cones induced by localized increases in intracellular calcium ions), f) inhibitory dyes such as methylene blue, and g) radioactive particles.
- inhibitory drugs include ciguatoxins, anandamide, HA-1004, phenamil, MnTBAB, AM580, PGD2, topoisomerase I inhibitor (10-HCT), anti-NGF, and anti-BDNF.
- the media may additionally include one or more agents intended to relieve pain in the short-term post-procedure timeframe where increased pain over baseline may be experienced due to local tissue reaction depending upon the ablation procedure.
- agents intended to relieve pain in the short-term post-procedure timeframe where increased pain over baseline may be experienced due to local tissue reaction depending upon the ablation procedure include, for instance, bupivicaine, ropivicane, lidocaine, or the like, which can be released to provide short-term local pain relief post-procedure around the treatment region. Inflammation and scar tissue in the surrounding tissue can also be minimized with the incorporation of methylprednisolone into the hydrogel.
- growth permissive form Regarding the examples of Figures 5A-5E in some instances, it is desirable to provide a growth-permissive substance between the proximal and distal stump of the nerve to encourage nerve regeneration rather than growth inhibition.
- the growth permissive substance simply provides a temporary barrier to the growth inhibitory gel leaking into the anastomoses site or damaged nerve tissue and inhibiting regeneration.
- the growth permissive substance provides a medium through which nerves can regenerate without the need for autograft/allograft or conduit/wrap.
- the method may comprise the steps of placing a first nerve end and a second nerve end in a first form cavity; Introducing an in situ forming growth permissive media into the cavity and into contact with the first nerve end and the second nerve end to form a junction; the media changing from a flowable to a nonflowable state.
- the nerves, coupled together by the in situ formed media, are then removed from the first form cavity and placed inside a second larger form cavity; and Introducing a growth inhibitory media into the second form cavity to encapsulate the junction.
- the growth inhibitory media changes from a flowable to a nonflowable state, covering the nerves and the growth permissive media;
- the second form is then removed and discarded.
- the first and/or second forms remain in place.
- a formed-in-place nerve regeneration construct comprising a growth permissive hydrogel bridge having first and second ends and configured to span a space between two nerve ends and encourage nerve regrowth across the bridge; and a growth inhibiting hydrogel jacket encapsulating the growth permissive hydrogel bridge and configured to extend beyond the first and second ends of the growth permissive region to directly contact the proximal and distal nerves, respectively.
- growth permissive media is delivered into an inhibitory form cavity where it undergoes a change from a substantially flowable to a nonflowable state. The form remains in place and provides acts as a growth inhibitory substrate through which nerves cannot regenerate.
- the growth permissive media is comprised of an in situ forming gel, such as a hydrogel and the growth inhibitory media is comprised of an in situ forming gel, such as a hydrogel.
- the growth permissive media may be comprised of an in situ forming gel and the form into which it is delivered is comprised of an ex vivo crosslinked gel.
- the growth permissive hydrogel adheres to the nerve tissue, providing a method to anastamose the tissue without the need for sutures.
- the nerve-growth permissive gel-nerve unit can be picked up and handled as one continuous nerve unit, permitting their later placement of the unit in a growth inhibitory hydrogel.
- the growth permissive hydrogel can provide a temporary glue lasting approximately half an hour. The glue is strong enough to lightly adhere the two nerves but has comparable mechanical strength to e.g. fibrin glue.
- Tensionless repair Another advantage of in situ forming hydrogels is that they can be designed to provide tensionless repair of nerves.
- the wrap form of the conduit is deep enough such that the directly repaired/anastamosed nerve ends are placed in the form with the repaired region detensioned inside the form.
- the nerve-nerve repair is not under tension; any tension is carried by the hydrogel around it. In this manner, the nerves are not under tension and the hydrogel carries the load in a more evenly distributed way than a suture repair can.
- tensionless repair is additionally provided by the growth inhibitory hydrogel.
- the proximal and distal nerves are placed in the conduit and the growth inhibitory hydrogel is delivered at the nerve-conduit interface to prevent nerves from escaping out of the conduit and tethering with the surrounding scar tissue.
- the nerves are purposefully detensioned within the growth permissive hydrogel, by creating slack in the nerves within the form.
- the nerves are directly reanastamosed, care is taken to make sure that the tension, if any, is at the interface between the nerve and the entrance to the form on either side of the wrap form, and that the nerve inside the wrap is slack or free of tension before applying the growth permissive hydrogel prescursor solution into the wrap. In this manner, the nerve anastomoses, nerve-gel-nerve or nerve-nerve interface is without tension.
- the nerve-growth-permissive hydrogel-nerve unit sits entirely within the cavity of the second nerve form.
- the delivery of the inhibitory hydrogel provides additional protection and detensioning, providing approximately 3 to 10 mm of circumferential coverage around the nerve on either side of the injury.
- the growth permissive media is located substantially in between the two nerve ends and does not appreciably cover the outer surface of the nerves.
- the diameter of the growth permissive media closely approximates that of the diameter of the nerve.
- the growth inhibitory media is delivered around the external or epineurial surface of the proximal and distal nerves as well as the growth permissive media, covering preferably 10 mm or 5 mm of more of healthy nerve on either side. This permits the guidance of nerves directly from the proximal nerve stump into the distal nerve stump.
- the additional coverage provides adhesion strength and protection from aberrant nerve outgrowth at the junction of the proximal nerve-gel.
- the growth permissive hydrogel is one color, such as blue, and the growth inhibitory hydrogel has no color. In another embodiment the growth permissive hydrogel is blue and the growth inhibitory hydrogel is green or turquoise.
- the growth permissive substance is an in situ forming hydrogel.
- the growth permissive substance contains growth inhibitory and growth permissive microdomains. Nerves will naturally pathfind along the growth inhibitory domains and within the growth permissive domains.
- Growth permissive hydrogels leveraging the in situ forming PEG platform are desirable. These hydrogels may be crosslinked chemically or using photo-crosslinkable approaches as with the non-growth permissive hydrogels described above.
- the in situ growth permissive hydrogels are preferably more rapidly degrading than the growth inhibitory hydrogels, encouraging cellular ingrowth and replacement of the synthetic matrix with natural extracellular matrix.
- PEG hydrogels for these applications are formed through the crosslinking of PEG-NHS esters with hydrolytically labile ester bonds (PEG-SS, PEG-SG, PEG-SAZ, PEG-SAP), preferably PEG-SS.
- PEG-SS PEG-NHS esters with hydrolytically labile ester bonds
- PEG-SS PEG-SS, PEG-SG, PEG-SAZ, PEG-SAP
- PEG-SS hydrolytically labile ester bonds
- hydrogels may be selected to provide non-growth permissive zones of the growth permissive hydrogel including PEG-PPO-PEG, PEG-polyesters (triblocks, deblocks), alginate, agar, and agarose.
- Other synthetic hydrogels include PEG-poly(amido amine) hydrogels, PEO, PVA, PPF, PNIPAAm, PEG-PPO-PEO, PLGA-PEG-PLGA, poly (aldehyde guluronate), or poly anhydrides.
- Another soft hydrogel that may be suitable includes the InnoCore Liquid Polymer (LQP) (PCLA-PEG-PCLA) which is a liquid polymer which forms a soft macroscopic depot after delivery in vivo and degrades slowly over a period of two to three moths.
- LQP InnoCore Liquid Polymer
- PCLA-PEG-PCLA is a liquid polymer which forms a soft macroscopic depot after delivery in vivo and degrades slowly over a period of two to three moths.
- Another potentially suitable hydrogel includes a six-armed shar-shaped poly(ethylene oxide-stat- propylene oxide) with acrylate end groups (star-PEG-A) can be photocured.
- PEGs include a 6-arm or 8-arm NHS ester
- PEGs include mPEG-SCM (PEG-NHS: Succinimidly Carboxyl Methy elster) and mPEG-SG (PEG-NHS: Succinimidly Glutarate ester), PEG-co-poly(lactic acid)/poly(trimethylene carbonate), PEG-NHS and trilysine, PEG- NHS and PEG-thiol, PEG-NHS and PEG-amine, PEG-NHS and albumin, Dextran aldehyde and PEG-amine functionalized with tris (2 aminoethyl) amine.
- PEG concentration If PEG is used in the growth permissive matrix, preferably the PEG concentration in these hydrogels is preferably between 3 and 8%, more preferably 3 to 5 wt% for the applications to support nerve extension.
- the growth permissive region is directly conjugated or chemically linked to the non-growth permissive hydrogel region.
- chitosan may be coupled to the inhibitory region.
- the chitosan may be a 100 kDa to 350 kDa molecular weight, more preferably 130 kDa to 160 kDa with a 0.85 degree of deacetylation.
- an interpenetrating network of gelatin methacrylamide polymerized with a PEG famework is another embodiment.
- Alternative growth permissive matrices In addition to incorporating positively charged matrix components that encourage glial invasion, cellular division, and three-dimensional cellular organization, the growth permissive components can also support nerve ingrowth with or without the presence of supporting cells. These growth promoting substances are applied at a concentration sufficient to support growth but not at such a high concentration to impact the mechanical properties of the hydrogel.
- Growth permissive hydrogels contain combinations of natural growth promoting biomaterials such as natural polymers collagen type I (0.01 to 5 wt%, preferably 0.3-0.5 wt%, 1.28 mg/ml), laminin (4 mg/ml), hyaluronic acid, fibrin (9 to 50 mg/ml, strength 2.1 kPa) or synthetic/semi synthetic polymers such as poly-L-arginine or poly-L-lysine (0.001-10 wt%).
- natural polymers collagen type I (0.01 to 5 wt%, preferably 0.3-0.5 wt%, 1.28 mg/ml
- laminin 4 mg/ml
- hyaluronic acid fibrin (9 to 50 mg/ml, strength 2.1 kPa)
- synthetic/semi synthetic polymers such as poly-L-arginine or poly-L-lysine (0.001-10 wt%).
- the hydrogel is 8-arm 15K PEG-succinimidyl succinate (PEG-SS) crosslinked with trilysine, containing 5 wt% collagen.
- the hydrogel comprises an 4% PEG (4- arm 10K PEG-SG crosslinked with 4-arm 20K PEG-amine) containing 0.01% poly-L-lysine.
- a non-growth permissive hydrogel e.g. crosslinked PEG hydrogel, alginate, methacryloyl-substituted tropoelastin MeTro hydrogel
- a growth permissive hydrogel e.g. fibrin gelatin-methacryloyl GelM, GelM/PEG or GelMA/MeTro composites
- Soucy et al Photocrosslinable Gelatin- Tropoelastin Hydrogel Adhesives for Peripheral Nerve Repair, Tissue Engineering, PMID: 29580168. Incorporation of polylysine.
- Polylysine - either the D,L, or L forms can be incorporated into the growth permissive hydrogel region.
- Epsiliseen Siveele, Epsilon-poly-L- lysine.
- the growth permissive hydrogel may be an in situ forming hydrogel comprising chitosan and poly-lysine (https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acs.biomac.5b01550).
- the growth permissive hydrogel may be an in situ forming hydrogel comprising PEG and polylsyine (https://pabs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/bm201763n) .
- the growth permissive component of the present invention may alternatively comprise a decellularized peripheral nerve specific scaffold, formulated into an injectable hydrogel form. It is based, at least in part, on the use of a decellularized tissue which substantially lacks immunogenic cellular components but retains sufficient amounts of nerve specific components to be effective at supporting nerve regrowth and reducing or preventing muscular atrophy.
- the decellularized tissue scaffold may be formulated into a hydrogel through the use of enzymatic degradation. These hydrogels may be non-cytotoxic to neurons and also support neuronal outgrowth of cultured cells.
- one aspect of the methods of the present invention includes applying or injecting a growth permissive media including a hydrogel comprising a decellularized peripheral nerve scaffold that has been enzymatically degraded, so that it bridges a gap in the nerve.
- the growth permissive media may be encased within a growth inhibiting media in any of the manners discussed elsewhere herein.
- the peripheral nerve scaffold may originate from an organism that is non-autologous to an intended recipient of the hydrogel, from an organism that is the same species as the intended recipient, or from an organism that is not the same species as the intended recipient.
- Harvested nerves may include, but are not limited to, the sciatic nerve, femoral nerve, median nerve, ulnar nerve, peroneal, or other motor/sensory nerve.
- growth permissive components produced from human (autologous) or animal ( non-autologouse bovine, porcine) sources may be employed in whole or in part into the growth permissive solution that is delivered between the proximal and distal stump.
- non- viable human umbilical cord allograft amniotic membrane allograft, amnion and/or chorion membrane graft (submucosa of human placenta), autologous skin graft, unprocessed allogeneic cadaver/pig skin graft, autologous connective tissue, autologous or allograft tendon tissue, bovine collagen, fibrillar collagen, fibronectin, laminin, proteoglycans.
- These components may take the form of a micronized or dehydrated or lyophilized powder, a gel, a sheet or rolled sheet, or a dehydrated powder that can be rehydrated prior to use.
- Dehydrated products may be rehydrated prior to use in aqueous solutions, such as saline, or solutions with 6 to 9% low molecular weight poly(ethylene glycol)s, such as PEG 3350 or PEG 5000.
- aqueous solutions such as saline
- solutions with 6 to 9% low molecular weight poly(ethylene glycol)s such as PEG 3350 or PEG 5000.
- the growth permissive environment may contain cells.
- the growth permissive solutions may be used to support nerve regeneration in direct anastomoses repair, small grap repair ( ⁇ 7 mm) and larger gap repair (>7 mm).
- the growth permissive and/or growth inhibitor solutions may be delivered acutely after injury, subacutely or several days after injury when the injury has had a chance to declare itself, or for chronic nerve repair.
- PEG+Collagen in Backbone PEG+Collagen in Backbone.
- natural polymers such as type I collagen
- PEG hydrogel e.g. 8-arm 15K SG
- collagen concentrations ranging from 30 to 60 mg/ml and PEG concentration at 50 or 100 mg/ml
- the first growth permissive material may comprise a viscous solution, a nanoparticle- or microparticle-based gel, a slurry, or a macrogel.
- a fibrin glue can be delivered around nerves.
- the solution is a slurry of biocompatible nanoparticles or microparticles through which nerves can regenerate.
- a microgel or modugel is delivered to the site. Microgels are created for stable dispersions with uniform size, large surface area through precipitation polymerization.
- Modugels scaffolds formed from microgels, properties can be varied through the degree of crosslinking and scaffold stiffness (Preparation of the gels, including PEG-based hydrogels, can be found in Scott et al (2011) Modular Poly (ethylene glycol) scaffolds provide the ability to decouple the effects of stiffness and protein concentration on PC12 cells. Acta Biomater 7(11) 3841-3849, incorporated herein for reference.)
- electrically conductive hydrogels such as piezoelectric polymers like polyvinvylidene fluoride (PVDF) which generates transient surface charges under mechanical strain, may be beneficial in supporting the growth of nerves through the hydrogel.
- PVDF polyvinvylidene fluoride
- dendrimers comprised of metabolites such as succinic acid, glycerol, and beta-alanine may be incorporated into the hydrogels to encourage extracellular matrix infiltration (Degoricija et al (2008) Hydrogels for Osteochondral Repair Based on Photocrosslinkable Carbamate Dendrimers, Biomacromolecules, 9(10) 2863.
- Plain natural hydrogels In another embodiment, an entirely growth permissive hydrogel is provided without growth inhibitory microdomains.
- a fibrin hydrogel (such as those crosslinked with thrombin) with a lower linear compressive modulus is selected.
- Numerous other biomaterials have also been demonstrated to support nerve regeneration in 2D and 3D scaffolds and include chitosan, chitosan-coupled alginate hydrogels, viscous fibronectin, collagen type I ( ⁇ 1.2 mg/ml), assist in regeneration, fibrin (9 to 50 mg/ml), fibronectin, laminin (https://wwsv.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pabmed/15978668)).
- Puramatrix Puramatrix, heparin sulfate proteoglycans, hyaluronic acid (1% sodium hyaluronate viscous solution), polylysine (poly (D, or L, or D,L) lysine), xyloglucan, polyomithine, agarose (0.5% to 1% w/v) and blends of these materials.
- Additional growth permissive hydrogels include thermosensitive hydrogels like chitosan-beta-glycerophosphate hydrogels (C/GP) mixtures.
- Other thermosensitive hydrogels include poly (N-isopropylacrylamide) (PNIPAAM).
- a polypropylene fumarate) PPF can be injected as a liquid and chemically, thermally, or photo cross-linked in situ to form a gel to provide a growth supportive hydrogel.
- an interpenetrating network of HA and photocrosslinkable glycidyl methacrylate hyaluronic acid (GMHA) provides a growth permissive substrate.
- Other growth permissive hydrogels include: crosslinked hyaluronic acid gel (Hyaloglide gel) or ADCON-T/N gel (Gliatech). These materials may be physically or covalently crosslinked.
- Other scaffold materials may be anticipated for the growth permissive region (https://www,ncbi.nlm.nih.eov/pmc/articlcs/PMC5899851/) .
- the positive charges are incorporated into the polymer backbone. In other embodiments, these charges are incorporated in other components, such as extracellular matrix proteins that become trapped in the hydrogel when it forms in situ.
- anti-inhibitory molecules can be incorporated into the hydrogel to improve the growth permissive environment, such as chondroitinase, which breaks down chondroitin sulfate proteoglycans (CSPGs). https://www.ncbi.nlm.nib.gov/pubrned/20620201 These may be incorporated with the polymer powder, diluent, or accelerator depending on the stability requirements of the adjuvant.
- CSPGs chondroitin sulfate proteoglycans
- Lipid domains may be added to the backbone or side chains or these polymers to encourage nerve outgrowth. Hydrophobic domains may also be incorporated into the backbone of the hydrogel to support nerve ingrowth through soft and hard regions of the hydrogel. In one embodiment, lipids are added to diffuse between polymer chains and act as plasticizers for the polymeric material that facilitates chain moving and improves elasticity.
- Adhesion strength The growth permissive media and the growth inhibiting media may transform into hydrogels and have sufficient adherence that, once formed, the nerve ends can be picked up and handled with ease.
- the adhesive strength of the subsequently formed nonflowable growth permissive media permits the nerve-gel- nerve unit to be picked up with forceps.
- the unit can be gently placed within a second form to permit circumferential delivery of the inhibitory hydrogel.
- the adhesion strength also permits good coupling between the nerve end and the hydrogel.
- Stiffness As matrix stiffness and compressive strength of the hydrogel play a significant role in promoting or inhibiting nerve regeneration, the mechanical properties of the growth inhibitory and growth permissive hydrogels differ substantially.
- the growth permissive hydrogel is significantly softer and less stiff to support and encourage the regeneration of nerve growth cones into the media.
- Gel stiffness (G*, dynes/sq cm) of the growth permissive hydrogel is preferably softer and more elastic in character with G* less than 800 dynes/sqcm, more preferably less than 200 dynes/sqcm.
- regions of soft substrate 100 - 500 Pa
- regions of stiffer substrate 1,000 to 10,000 Pa).
- the elasticity of this growth permissive substrate should preferably be less than 0.1-0.2MPa, preferably less than 1.5KPa.
- the growth inhibitory hydrogel provides the necessary mechanical strength to maintain the coupling and relationship between the proximal and distal nerve stumps, reduce or eliminate the need for suturing, and potentially permit tensionless repair. Nerve extension into the growth permissive matrix is strongly dependent on matrix stiffness, and pore interconnectivity of pores, charge. As the gel degrades, the nerve extension may also be impacted by the hydrolytic, oxidative, or enzymatic degradation of the matrix.
- the stiffness of the gel should more closely approximate the elastic modulus of the nerve tissue, at or below 1 kPa, preferably 200-300 Pa.
- the growth permissive media comprises a growth inhibitory hydrogel filled with highly interconnected macroscopic growth permissive pores that provide a channel through which regenerating nerves can pathfind. Pores may created in the hydrogels through porogen leaching (solid, liquid), gas foaming, emulsion-templating to generate macroporosity.
- the pores may be created by a growth permissive porogen and/or contain therapeutic agents or simply be filled with saline.
- the pores may be created by phase separation during hydrogel formation.
- the average pore size, pore size distribution, and pore interconnections are difficult to quantify and therefore are encompassed in a term called tortuosity.
- the hydrogel is a macroporous hydrogel with pores greater than 1 ⁇ m, more preferably greater than lO ⁇ m, preferably between >100 ⁇ m more preferably >150 ⁇ m, with an average pore radius of 0.5 to 5%.
- the density of the pores should be greater than 60%, or preferably greater than 90% pore volume, of sufficient density that the pores are interconnected.
- porosity is created by creating air or nitrogen bubbles in the hydrogel through shaking, pushing the plunger in the applicator back and forth, or introducing the air through another port in the applicator.
- a surfactant is used as an air-trapping agent to create porosity in the hydrogel, such as sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS).
- SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
- the creation of a foaming agent which generates macroscale pores to permit cellular migration and proliferation is a degradation enhancer.
- the concentration of pores is sufficient that the pores are interconnected with one another.
- > 70% of the pores are interconnected, more preferably 80% or more.
- the pores create and define growth permissive zones and preferably the interconnectivity is sufficiently high that the tortuoisity is low that neves will extend out into them.
- nerves can pathfind along the walls of the hydrogel.
- Pores may be created by low molecular weight end-capped PEGs, such as PEG 3350, which can be delivered in up to 50 wt% solution.
- the growth permissive regions or pores may contain natural biomaterials such as collagen/gelatin, chitosan, hyaluronic acid, laminin (Matrigel), fibrin that provide a growth permissive substrate for nerve outgrowth.
- channels are created in the hydrogel in situ to permit nerve guidance.
- channels are approximately 150 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m in diameter, more preferably 500 ⁇ m in diameter to 1 mm.
- the channels are filled with saline in situ.
- Fibers and other structural elements Adding fibers or structural elements (e.g. beads, macrospheres, gel particle slurry, microspheres, rods, nanoparticles, liposomes, rods, filaments, sponges) to reinforce the structural integrity of the hydrogel, improve the hydrogels in vivo persistence and/or to provide a substrate along which neurites can extend and growth for guidance, is desirable.
- the nanofibers can be flexible or rigid and can range in size from nanometers to micrometers in diameter, and can be linear or irregularly shaped. In the preferred embodiment, the fiber deposition through the needle containing the media into the form permits the generally longitudinal parallel alignment of the fibers within the conduit.
- the fiber-loaded media is laid down in the conduit by first filling the distal end and advancing the needle to proximal end of the form in a smooth continuous motion while depositing the hydrogel. Rapid gelation (less than 20 seconds, preferably less than 10 seconds, more preferably less than 7 seconds) permits the fibers to be captured in the desired orientation as the media changes to a nonflowable form.
- the media solutions is more viscous, between 10 and 20 cP, permitting the suspension of these fibers within the growth permissive media.
- the fibers are provided in the kit and are placed in the lumen with forceps.
- Fibers, rods, filaments, sponges are added to the form either immediately before or after the delivery of the growth permissive hydrogel solution in the wrap form to provide a surface along which nerves can grow en route to the distal stump.
- the fibers may be added using forceps, another syringe, or sprinkling them within the conduit.
- the gelation time of the hydrogel media is sufficiently delayed that the fibers can be embedded within the media prior to the media change to a substantially nonflowable form.
- the fibers may be constructed from nondegradable or biodegradable materials.
- the fibers are made of chitosan, polycaprolactone, polylactic or glycolic acid, or combinations thereof.
- the fibers may be inert of functionalized with a positive charge or addition of a coating such as laminin. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24083073.
- the fibers undergo molecular self-assembly to form a fiber or cable.
- fibers will be incorporated either randomly or in an aligned fashion in order to provide the support for nerve regeneration across a gel.
- Filaments and sponges can be formed out of collagen.
- Rods can be formed out of collagen-gag, fibrin, hyaluronic acid, polyamide, polyarylonitrile-co-methacrylate, PAN-MA, PGA, PHBV/PLGA blends, PLLA, PLGA or PP.
- the filaments may be between 0.5 and 500 ⁇ m in diameter, more preferably 15 to 250 ⁇ m in diameter.
- the rods, fibers, and filaments may be coated with laminin.
- Nanofibers can be incorporated into the hydrogel to provide structural support.
- Fibers may be composed of PEG, PGA, PLA, PCL, PCL mixed with gelatin, PCL with a laminin coating, chitosan, hyaluronic acid, gels, hyaluronan, fibrin, or fibrinogen (10 mg/ml).
- a fibrillar fibrin hydrogel (AFG), or P(D,L, LA) fibers, fabricated through electro spinning is incorporated into in situ forming gels.
- polyethylene glycol is incorporated as a porogen and nanofibers, such as cellulose nanofibers, are employed to provide structural integrity to the soft porous hydrogel (Naseri et al (2016) 3-Dimensional Porous Nanocomposite Scaffolds Based on Cellulose Nanofibers for Cartilage Tissue Engineering: Tailoring of Porosity and Mechanical Performance. RSC Advances, 6, 5999-6007, incorporated for reference herein.)
- microparticles can be introduced into the growth permissive media to deliver drugs to the nerve tissue.
- microparticles are composed of PEG hydrogels (e.g. 8-arm 15K SG, 10%), poly(D, lysine) microparticles.
- PEG hydrogels e.g. 8-arm 15K SG, 10%
- poly(D, lysine) microparticles e.g., cross-linked PEG particles formed ex vivo can be formulated into a slurry lubricated by low MW PEG (1-6%, 12 kDa).
- the particles can be suspended in a collagen or hyaluronic acid solution to provide a growth permissive matrix through which the nerves can regenerate.
- hydrophobic particles and oils may be incorporated to create growth permissive voids in the hydrogel to encourage nerve outgrowth.
- Compressive modulus of growth promoting hydrogels Matching the compressive modulus of the nervous tissue to the growth permissive hydrogel may also be advantageous - approximately 2.6 to up to 9.2 kPa (Seidlits et al (2010) The effects of hyaluronic acid hydrogels with tunable mechanical properties on neural progenitor cell differentiation are promising (Biomaterials 31, 3930-3940).
- the linear compressive modulus is less than 20 kPa, preferably less than 10 kPa, more preferably less than 1 kPa to encourage nerve and Schwann cells ingrowth into the gel.
- In situ forming growth-permissive hydrogels that can be delivered in a wrap form or thin layer around partially transected, compressed, or completely transected nerve ends are desirable.
- the use of an in situ forming gel eliminates the need to transect otherwise largely intact nerves and provides a mechanism to support nerve regeneration through a substrate and into the distal tissue. Coupling the growth-permissive hydrogel with a growth-inhibitory hydrogel assists in guiding and directing these neurites within the growth permissive region.
- the in situ forming hydrogel has sufficient adhesive strength and stiffness that it can be delivered between the nerve stumps into an appropriate form and then be picked up and removed from the first wrap form and placed into a second larger wrap form into which the growth inhibitory in situ forming hydrogel is delivered.
- Hydrogel thickness Growth permissive gel.
- the thickness or diameter of the growth permissive gel should roughly approximate the diameter of the nerves to which it is being delivered. In the case where only a small defect exists in the nerves, the growth permissive gel can be dropped directly on the injured tissue to form a thin layer.
- Growth inhibitory gel Given the often rigorous environment in which a nerve is located, often in a fascial plain between or along muscles, in some embodiments it is desirable that a minimum thickness of growth inhibitory hydrogel be maintained around the nerve, preferably 1mm circumferentially, more preferably 2-3 mm.
- a conduit of approximately 3 to 4 mm in diameter is used, providing a 0.5 to 2 mm hydrogel layer around the nerve.
- a conduit approximately 2 to 2.5 mm in diameter is selected.
- the gel thickness is 2 to 6 mm, preferably 2 to 3 mm around the nerve circumferentially .
- the hydrogels should degrade in between 2 months and 6 months, more preferably 3 months. Degradation of the inhibitory region.
- the inhibitory guide preferably remains in place for 1 month or more, more preferably 3 months or more, to provide support to the regenerating nerve.
- the degradation of the growth permissive hydrogel is days to months, preferably days to weeks, permitting the clearance of the material as the cellular tissue replaces and regenerates.
- the growth permissive hydrogels are positive charged or contain positively charged domains.
- the damaged proximal surviving nerves may be protected from excitotoxic damage and their membranes resealed.
- the hyperexcitability of the cell bodies is reduced, such as the dorsal root ganglia, reducing neuropathic paresthesia and dysthesia accompanying nerve injury.
- low molecular weight end-capped or nonreactive PEG (methoxy-PEG) to the formulation.
- the trilysine buffer may contain nonreactive low molecular weight linear PEG (0.2 kDa, 2 kDa, 3.35 kDa, 4 kDa, or 5 kDa).
- PEG nonreactive low molecular weight linear PEG
- the resulting hydrogel will have low molecular weight PEG (2 kDa, 10- 50% w/v) which may help to seal up the damaged nerve endings and thus further reduce the influx and efflux of ions.
- cyclosporin A may be applied with the solution to improve the survival of the ablated axons.
- six-armed star-shaped end-capped PEG (poly(ethylene- oxide-stat-propylene oxide) or star-PEG-OH) can be added as the fusogen.
- the linear PEG that is mixed in the polymer blend can diffuse out of the crosslinked network, creating micropores up to one micron in diameter, facilitating diffusion of nutrients but not neurite extension.
- the linear PEG based hydrogels are more stiff than the star-PEG based fusogen addition.
- the addition of the linear PEG is based on findings which had been demonstrated 2kDa PEG to be beneficial in rapidly restoring axonal integrity, called ‘PEG-fusion’ between nerves of cut- and crushed- axons (Britt et al 2010, J. Neurophysiol, 104: 695-703). The theory is that this is in part because of sealing of the plasmalemmal and axolemma at the lesion site.
- the hydrogel ‘cap’ can be removed with forceps and the procedure repeated. Nerve sparing.
- the form for the growth permissive hydrogel is designed to be substantially the same size as the nerves into which they are placed.
- a silicon form which is a hemi-tube with an inner diameter approximately equivalent to the outer diameter of the nerves is selected.
- the nerve are placed in the form either in direct apposition, within close approximation, or, with a gap in order to prevent tension, so that they rest within the form without any tension.
- the nerves rest directly on the surface of the form itself for delivery of the growth permissive hydrogel.
- Drugs to Promote Nerve Regeneration Drugs may be delivered to the nerve directly prior to the placement of the form.
- local anesthetic, antiinflammatory, growth factors agents may be delivered directly to the nerve prior to encapsulation with the hydrogel.
- drugs may be incorporated directly into the hydrogel or incorporated through encapsulation in drug-loaded microspheres, micelles, liposomes, or free-base to achieve an improved sustained release profile.
- Drugs for pain relief In some embodiments, drugs used for the treatment of chronic neuropathic pain may be delivered in the hydrogels including tricyclic antidepressants, selective serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors, antiepileptics, and opioids.
- pregabalin and gabapentin may be selected for their analgesic properties.
- Anti-inflammatories such as diclofenac may also be promising.
- Other potential targets include ligands for the FK506-binding protein family, neuroimmunophilin ligands, which are neurito trophic, neuroprotective and neuroregenerative agents.
- taxol and cetuximab have also shown promise for improving the survival and regeneration of neurons and may be suitable for stimulating nerve regeneration when delivered locally in an in situ forming hydrogel.
- cyclic AMP (cAMP) or cAMP analogue dibutyryl cAMP promotes regeneration of nerves and may be incorporated into an in situ forming hydrogel to promote nerve regeneration after injury.
- cAMP cyclic AMP
- dibutyryl cAMP promotes regeneration of nerves and may be incorporated into an in situ forming hydrogel to promote nerve regeneration after injury.
- kindlin-1 and Kindlin-2 (fermitin family) and drugs which bind to the integrin superfamily of cell surface receptors allow nerves to extend across inhibitory matrix and can be incorporated into the hydrogels to enhance regeneration across inhibitory extracellular matrix.
- tacrolimus an immunosuppressant
- the final concentration of FK506 in the formed hydrogel is 100 ug/ml to 10 mg/ml, more preferably 0.1 mg/ml.
- the drug is released for weeks to months, preferably at least a month, more preferably at least 3 months to aid in immunosuppression and enhance nerve outgrowth.
- Drugs include FK506, drugs selective for selective inhibition of FKBP12 or FKBP51.
- P2X receptor antagonists P2XR
- P2X3 receptor antagonists e.g. AF-219 Gefapivant, AF-130
- P2X4 and P2X7 receptor antagonists that are implicated in visceral and neuropathic pain (as well as migraine and cancer pain)
- P2X7 Receptor Antagonists The purinergic receptor antagonist Brilliant Blue G (BBG) and the structurally similar analogue, Brilliant Blue FCF (BB FCF), are of particularly interest for their ability to modulate the nerve environment after injury (Wang et al. 2013.
- the food dye FD&C Blue No. 1 is a selective inhibitor of the ATP release channel Panxl. J. Gen. Physiol.
- FD&C Green No. 3 dye which, like BBG and BB FCF, inhibit the ATP release Pannexinl channel with an IC50 between 0.2 and 3 uM.
- BB FCF Brilliant Blue FCF
- FD&C #1 https://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/compound/Acid_Blue_9
- BBG is thought to have antiinflammatory and anti-nociceptive effects through reducing high extracellular ATP concentrations and high calcium influxes after nerve damage.
- Brilliant Blue FCF is incorporated into the in situ forming hydrogel.
- the dye can be incorporated into the polymer vial, the diluent, or the accelerator solutions to yield a final concentration in the gel of 0.0001 to 5%, preferably 0.001 to 0.25%, more preferably 0.01 to 0.02% wt% or approximately 1 to 1000 ppm, preferably 10 to 100 ppm.
- local doses of between 5 ⁇ g to as high as 25 mg of dye may be delivered in a hydrogel locally.
- the FD&C #1 dye may be delivered at 0.01% concentration in the hydrogels to reduce neuronal injury after stroke (Arbeloa et al 2012 - Referenced in Palmobit et al 2019).
- the dye may help improve the survival of the transected axons, reduce the local inflammation while the hydrogel provides a barrier to regeneration.
- TRPV1 agonists such as capsaicin are delivered to the nerve to deliver a preconditioning injury to the nerve that in term results in a neuroregenerative response downstream to enhance nerve regeneration (PMID:29854941).
- capsaicin loaded hydrogels (1 to 8 wt% drug loading) are delivered percutaneously to intact nerves to reduce painful diabetic neuropathy)
- pifithrin-u or acetyl-L-camitine is delivered in the hydrogel to reduce and treat chemotherapy-induced peripheral neuropathy (CIPN) by reducing neuronal mitochondrial damage.
- CIPN chemotherapy-induced peripheral neuropathy
- drags that block the deregulated long non-coding RNAs may also be incorporated into the hydrogels, such as targets of endogenous Kcna2 antisense RNA.
- mitomycin C is incorporated into the in situ forming hydrogel in order to inhibit Schwann cell proliferation and stimulate apoptosis in fibroblasts.
- 0.1 to 5 mg mitomycin C are loaded into the polymer powder and utilized to form an in situ formed gel with 0.01-0.5 wt% mitomycin C releasing between 0.1 and 0.5 mg/ml are released per day, preferably for 7 days or more.
- Rho Kinase (ROCK) inhibitors or ROK antagonists or Racl antagonists may be incorporated, such as ripasudil hydrochloride.
- Additional drags include the anti-inflammatory curcurmin, rapamycin, paclitaxel, cyclosporin A, pyrimidine derivatives (RG2 and RG5) to stimulate remyelination, Axon guidance molecule Slit 3, triptolide, KMUP-1.
- calcium modulating agents including calcitonin, calcium antagonist nifedipine, nimodipine, nerve growth factor (NGF, 500 ng), insulin-like growth factor (IGF-1), thymoquinone, duloxetine (10-30 mg), melatonin, c-Jun or mTORCl agonists may help support Schwann cell differentiation and nerve remyelination, nicotine, and adrenomedullin - used as a neuroprotective and neurotrophic drag.
- Example 1 Growth inhibitory hydrogel. Into the vial containing 80 mg PEG with NHS ester reactive group, 80 ⁇ g of BB FCF is added to yield a 0.1% dye concentration in the PEG hydrogel.
- Example 2 Growth inhibitor hydrogel with a fusogen.
- 80 PEG with NHS ester reactive group 80 ⁇ g of BB FCF and 500 mg PEG 3350.
- Phospholipids are incorporated into the PEG hydrogel, such as cephalin, to improve fusion.
- Phospholipids are surface active amphiphilic molecules and can be incorporated as an emulsifier, wetting agent, solubilizer, and membrane fusogen. These may include phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylethanolamine or phosphatidylglycerol (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4207189/. incorporated for reference herein).
- hydrogels are loaded with amiodarone with or without the addition of ethanol.
- 0.1 to 5 wt% loading of amiodarone or more can be achieved. This can also be accomplished and improved with the incorporation of ethanol into the solution.
- 50 to 75% ethanol can be incorporated with 0.25 wt% amiodarone to achieve burst release of amiodarone between 3 to 5 days.
- 1% amiodarone can be delivered from the hydrogels for a period of 30-60 days.
- the following examples are of in situ forming growth inhibitory wrap formulations suitable for preventing aberrant nerve outgrowth, scar tissue formation, and supporting nerve gliding within the hydrogel.
- Example 5 the 8-arm20K PEG-SAP is crosslinked with an 4-arm 10K PEG amine with an excess of PEG-SAP to PEG-amine.
- the PEG-SAP and PEG-amine are dissolved in an acidic diluent at a ratio of 1.2:1.
- the suspension is mixed with accelerator buffer and delivered through a static mixer to form a hydrogel.
- the formulation gels in 3 seconds, provides compressive strength between 70 and 100 kPa and swelling is between 10 and 30 wt%.
- Example 6 In some embodiments the 8-arm 15K PEG-SAP is crosslinked with an 8-arm 40K PEG amine.
- the PEG-SAP and PEG-amine are dissolved in an acidic diluent at a ratio of 1.6:1.
- the suspension is mixed with accelerator buffer and delivered through a static mixer to form a hydrogel. This formulation gels in 4 seconds, provides compressive strength between 30 and 80 kPa and equilibrium swells between 20 and 60 wt%.
- Example 7 In some embodiments the 8-arm 20K PEG-SG is crosslinked with an 4-arm 20K PEG-amine.
- the PEG-SG and PEG-amine are dissolved in an acidic diluent at a ratio of 1.0:1.
- the suspension is mixed with accelerator buffer and delivered through a static mixer to form a hydrogel. This formulation gels in 5 seconds, provides compressive strength between 20 and 70 kPa and undergoes equilibrium swelling between 40 and 80 wt%.
- the following examples support in situ forming growth inhibitory wrap formulations suitable for preventing aberrant nerve outgrowth, scar tissue formation, and supporting nerve gliding within the hydrogel as it degrades and progressively softens while preventing cell infiltration.
- Example 8 In some embodiments the 8-arm 40K PEG-SG is crosslinked with an 8-arm 40K PEG amine.
- the PEG-SG and PEG-amine are dissolved in an acidic diluent at a ratio of 1.2:1.
- the suspension is mixed with accelerator buffer and delivered through a static mixer to form a hydrogel. This formulation gels in 4 seconds, provides compressive strength between 30 and 60 kPa and undergoes equilibrium swelling between 40 and 80 wt%.
- Example 9 In some embodiments the 8-arm 20K PEG-SAZ (PEG- Succinimidyl Azelate) is crosslinked with a 4-arm 40K PEG amine.
- the PEG-SAZ and PEG- amine are dissolved in an acidic diluent at a ratio of 1.2:1.
- the suspension was mixed with accelerator buffer and delivered through a static mixer to form a hydrogel. This formulation gelled in 4 seconds and provides compressive strength between 20 and 50 kPa. In addition, equilibrium swelling is between 50 and 100 wt%.
- Example 10 In some embodiments the 4-arm 15K PEG-SAZ is crosslinked with a 4-arm 40K PEG amine.
- the PEG-SAZ and PEG-amine were dissolved in an acidic diluent at a ratio of 1.2:1.
- the suspension was mixed with accelerator buffer and delivered through a static mixer to form a hydrogel.
- This formulation gelled in 8 seconds and provides compressive strength between 10 and 40 kPa.
- equilibrium swelling is between 70 and 130 wt%.
- Example 11 In another example the 3-arm 15K PEG-SS (succinimidyl succinate) is crosslinked with a 4-arm 40K PEG amine.
- Example 12 the material of biodegradable form is crosslinked or uncrosslinked chitosan.
- the deacetylation of the chitosan is ranging from 70% to 100% and the thickness of the form is between 10 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, preferably around 30 ⁇ m.
- the material of the biodegradable form is composed of crosslinked or uncrosslinked chitosan blended with HPMC (Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose), CMC (Carboxymethyl cellulose) or HA (Hyaluronic acid).
- HPMC Hydropropyl methylcellulose
- CMC Carboxymethyl cellulose
- HA Hydrouronic acid
- the deacetylation of the chitosan is ranging from 70% to 100%.
- the thickness of the chitosan layer is ranging from 10 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m.
- the layer of the other component is from 5 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m.
- Example 14 In some embodiments the material of biodegradable form is crosslinked or uncrosslinked Gelatin. The thickness of the conduit is ranging from 10 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m. [0453] Example 15. In some embodiments the material of conduit is crosslinked or uncrosslinked CMC/HA blends. The thickness of the conduit is ranging from 10 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, preferably around 40 ⁇ m.
- the growth permissive solution is comprised of 3 to 5 wt% PEG-diacrylate, preferably 3 wt% PEG-DA, with a compressive modulus of about 70 Pa.
- Example 17 the growth permissive solution is comprised of a 800 ⁇ g/ml collagen solution.
- the growth permissive solution is comprised of an aqueous solution of 2% hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) with a viscosity between 7500 and 14000 mPa-s.
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- Example 19 In one embodiment the growth permissive solution is comprised of fibrin solution.
- the growth permissive solution is comprised of a solution of collagen-chrondoitin-6- sulfate proteoglycan.
- ranges disclosed herein also encompass any and all overlap, sub-ranges, and combinations thereof.
- the terms “approximately”, “about”, and “substantially” may refer to an amount that is within less than 10% of, within less than 5% of, within less than 1% of, within less than 0.1% of, and within less than 0.01% of the stated amount.
- various theories and possible mechanisms of actions are discussed herein but are not intended to be limiting.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Materials For Medical Uses (AREA)
- Prostheses (AREA)
Abstract
Description
Claims
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202062960564P | 2020-01-13 | 2020-01-13 | |
PCT/US2021/013296 WO2021146330A1 (en) | 2020-01-13 | 2021-01-13 | Methods and devices for in situ formed nerve cap with rapid release |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
EP4090261A1 true EP4090261A1 (en) | 2022-11-23 |
EP4090261A4 EP4090261A4 (en) | 2024-05-15 |
Family
ID=76864195
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP21741461.4A Pending EP4090261A4 (en) | 2020-01-13 | 2021-01-13 | Methods and devices for in situ formed nerve cap with rapid release |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP4090261A4 (en) |
CN (1) | CN115361912A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2021207853A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA3163429A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2021146330A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2017139487A1 (en) | 2016-02-09 | 2017-08-17 | Northwind Medical, Inc. | Methods, agents, and devices for local neuromodulation of autonomic nerves |
EP3478287A4 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2020-04-08 | Tulavi Therapeutics, Inc. | Treatment of sepsis and related inflammatory conditions by local neuromodulation of the autonomic nervous system |
CA3105343A1 (en) | 2018-07-02 | 2020-01-09 | Corinne Bright | Methods and devices for in situ formed nerve cap |
US20210315587A1 (en) | 2018-07-02 | 2021-10-14 | Tulavi Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods and devices for in situ formed nerve cap with rapid release |
US20220409902A1 (en) * | 2018-07-02 | 2022-12-29 | Tulavi Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods and devices for nerve regeneration |
WO2023183148A1 (en) * | 2022-03-22 | 2023-09-28 | Vascudyne, Inc. | Nerve wrap using constructed tissue |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2005002472A1 (en) * | 2003-07-03 | 2005-01-13 | Neurogen Medical Innovation I Umea Aktiebolag | A device for promoting regeneration of an injured nerve, a kit and a biodegradable sheet for preparing such a device |
WO2016077839A1 (en) * | 2014-11-15 | 2016-05-19 | Tissuegen, Inc. | Device for induction of cellular activity and modification |
WO2019178564A1 (en) * | 2018-03-15 | 2019-09-19 | Tulavi Therapeutics, Inc. | Systems and methods for gel-based neuromodulation |
WO2020010164A1 (en) * | 2018-07-02 | 2020-01-09 | Corinne Bright | Methods and devices for in situ formed nerve cap |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP5702515B2 (en) * | 2007-12-28 | 2015-04-15 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Nerve regeneration induction tube |
WO2009094225A2 (en) * | 2008-01-25 | 2009-07-30 | The Johns Hopkins University | Biodegradable nerve guides |
CA2745676A1 (en) * | 2008-12-31 | 2010-07-08 | Kci Licensing, Inc. | System for providing fluid flow to nerve tissues |
-
2021
- 2021-01-13 EP EP21741461.4A patent/EP4090261A4/en active Pending
- 2021-01-13 CA CA3163429A patent/CA3163429A1/en active Pending
- 2021-01-13 CN CN202180020944.3A patent/CN115361912A/en active Pending
- 2021-01-13 AU AU2021207853A patent/AU2021207853A1/en active Pending
- 2021-01-13 WO PCT/US2021/013296 patent/WO2021146330A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2005002472A1 (en) * | 2003-07-03 | 2005-01-13 | Neurogen Medical Innovation I Umea Aktiebolag | A device for promoting regeneration of an injured nerve, a kit and a biodegradable sheet for preparing such a device |
WO2016077839A1 (en) * | 2014-11-15 | 2016-05-19 | Tissuegen, Inc. | Device for induction of cellular activity and modification |
WO2019178564A1 (en) * | 2018-03-15 | 2019-09-19 | Tulavi Therapeutics, Inc. | Systems and methods for gel-based neuromodulation |
WO2020010164A1 (en) * | 2018-07-02 | 2020-01-09 | Corinne Bright | Methods and devices for in situ formed nerve cap |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
See also references of WO2021146330A1 * |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CA3163429A1 (en) | 2021-07-22 |
CN115361912A (en) | 2022-11-18 |
WO2021146330A1 (en) | 2021-07-22 |
EP4090261A4 (en) | 2024-05-15 |
AU2021207853A1 (en) | 2022-08-25 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11944717B2 (en) | Devices for in situ formed nerve caps and/or nerve wraps | |
US20220409902A1 (en) | Methods and devices for nerve regeneration | |
US12096941B2 (en) | Methods for forming a nerve barrier | |
WO2021146330A1 (en) | Methods and devices for in situ formed nerve cap with rapid release | |
JP6141351B2 (en) | Methods and compositions for treatment of open and closed spinal cord injuries | |
JP6538139B2 (en) | Hydrogel membrane for adhesion prevention | |
CN106913902A (en) | Polysaccharide based aquagel | |
EP2427226B1 (en) | Implant filling material and method | |
TWI731076B (en) | Multiphase gel | |
Solomevich et al. | Natural polysaccharides and their derivatives as potential medical materials and drug delivery systems for the treatment of peripheral nerve injuries | |
WO2022120097A1 (en) | Functionalized and crosslinked polymers | |
Ghosh et al. | Clinical applications of biopolymer-based hydrogels | |
US20240350142A1 (en) | A guide channel for regenerative nerve interface devices |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE |
|
PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE |
|
17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20220729 |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR |
|
DAV | Request for validation of the european patent (deleted) | ||
DAX | Request for extension of the european patent (deleted) | ||
RIC1 | Information provided on ipc code assigned before grant |
Ipc: A61L 27/54 20060101ALI20231212BHEP Ipc: A61L 27/52 20060101ALI20231212BHEP Ipc: A61L 27/18 20060101ALI20231212BHEP Ipc: A61B 17/285 20060101ALI20231212BHEP Ipc: A61B 17/00 20060101ALI20231212BHEP Ipc: A61B 17/11 20060101AFI20231212BHEP |
|
A4 | Supplementary search report drawn up and despatched |
Effective date: 20240416 |
|
RIC1 | Information provided on ipc code assigned before grant |
Ipc: A61L 27/54 20060101ALI20240410BHEP Ipc: A61L 27/52 20060101ALI20240410BHEP Ipc: A61L 27/18 20060101ALI20240410BHEP Ipc: A61B 17/285 20060101ALI20240410BHEP Ipc: A61B 17/00 20060101ALI20240410BHEP Ipc: A61B 17/11 20060101AFI20240410BHEP |